UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 20022004

Commission File No. 0-26486


Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

Delaware
63-0885779

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 63-0885779

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)


100 N. Gay Street

Auburn, Alabama 36830

(334) 821-9200

(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 


Title of each class
None


 

Name of each exchange

on which registered


None None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

Common Stock, Par Value, $.01 Per Share

(Title of class)


Check whether the issuer (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  o¨

Check if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained in this form, and no disclosure will be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o¨

Check whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes  o¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of registrant computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of June 30, 20022004 was $34,263,224.$52,479,832.

As of March 21, 2003,11, 2005, there were issued and outstanding 3,894,8183,843,911 shares of the registrant’s $.01 par value common stock.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 13, 200310, 2005 are incorporated by reference into Part III.




 



PART I

SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements made herein under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and elsewhere, including information incorporated herein by reference to other documents, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of, and subject to the protections of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, assumptions, estimates, intentions, and future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may be beyond our control, and which may cause theour actual results, performance or achievements of Auburn National Bancorporation (the “Company”) to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be forward-looking statements. You can identify these forward-looking statements through our use of words such as “may”, “will”, “anticipate”, “assume”, “should”, “indicate”, “would”, “believe”, “contemplate”, “expect”, “seek”, “estimate”, “continue”, “plan”, “point to”, “project”, “predict”, “could”, “intend”, “target”, “potential”, other similar words and expressions of the future. These forward-looking statements may not be realized due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

future economic and business conditions;

government monetary and fiscal policies;

the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities, and interest sensitive assets and liabilities;

the effects of competition from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment, and insurance services;

the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses and other estimates;

the risks of mergers and acquisitions, including, without limitation, the related costs, including integrating operations as part of these transactions and the failure to achieve expected gains, revenue growth and/or expense savings from such transactions;

changes in laws and regulations, including tax, banking and securities laws and regulations;

changes in accounting policies, rules and practices;

changes in technology or products may be more difficult or costly, or less effective than anticipated;

the effects of war or other conflicts, acts of terrorism or other catastrophic events that may affect general economic conditions and economic confidence; and

other factors and risks described in any of our subsequent reports that we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“the Commission”) under the Exchange Act.

All written or oral forward-looking statements that are attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary notice. We have no obligation and do not undertake to update, revise or correct any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report, or after the respective dates on which such statements otherwise are made.

PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956,


2


as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1990, and in 1994 it succeeded its Alabama predecessor as the bank holding company controlling AuburnBank, an Alabama state member bank with its principal office in Auburn, Alabama (the “Bank”). The Company and its predecessor have controlled the Bank since 1984. As a bank holding company, the Company may diversify into a broader range of financial services and other business activities than currently are permitted to the Bank under applicable law. The holding company structure also provides greater financial and operating flexibility than is presently permitted to the Bank.

The Bank has operated continuously since 1907 and conducts its business in East Alabama, including Lee County and surrounding areas. In April 1995, in order to gain flexibility and reduce certain regulatory burdens, the Bank converted from a national bank to an Alabama state bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System (the “Charter Conversion”). Upon consummation of the Charter Conversion, the Bank’s primary regulator changed from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent of Banks (the “Alabama Superintendent”). The Bank has been a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (the “FHLB-Atlanta”“FHLB”) since 1991.

General

The Company’s business is conducted primarily through the Bank. Although it has no immediate plans to conduct any other business, the Company may engage directly or indirectly in a number of activities which the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 100 N. Gay Street, Auburn, Alabama 36830, and its telephone number at such address is (334) 821-9200. The Company maintains an Internet website atwww.auburnbank.com. The Company is not incorporating the information on that website into this report, and the website and the information appearing on the website are not included in, and are not part of, this report.

Services

The Bank offers checking, savings, transaction deposit accounts and certificates of deposit, and is an active residential mortgage lender in its primary service area (“PSA”). The Bank also offers commercial, financial, agricultural, real estate construction and consumer loan products and other financial services. The Bank is one of the largest providers of automated teller services in East Alabama, operating ATM machines in 14 locations. Thelocations.The Bank offers VISA Checkcards, which are debit cards with the VISA logo that work like checks but can be used anywhere VISA is accepted, including ATMs. The Bank’s VISA Checkcards can be used internationally through the Cirrus® network. In 1999, theThe Bank launched its Internet web page and began offeringoffers online banking and bill payment services.services through its Internet website,www.auburnbank.com.

Competition

The banking business in Alabama, including Lee County, is highly competitive with respect to loans, deposits, and other financial services, and theservices. The area is dominated by a number of majorregional and national banks and bank holding companies which have substantially greater resources, and numerous offices and affiliates operating over wide geographic areas. The Bank competes for deposits, loans and other business with these banks, as well as with credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, and other local and nonlocal financial institutions, including institutions offering services through the mail, by telephone and over the Internet. As more and different kinds of businesses enter the market for financial services, competition from nonbank financial institutions may be expected to intensify further.

Among the advantages that certain of theselarger financial institutions have over the Bank are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate and diversify their assets among loans and securities of the highest yield and in locations with the greatest demand.

Many of the major commercial banks or their affiliates operating in the Bank’s service area or their affiliates, offer services, such as international banking and investment services which are not presently offered directly by the Bank. Such competitors, because of their greater capitalization,Bank and may also have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.

The Bank faces further competition for loans and deposits from a wide variety of local and nonlocal financial institutions. As more and different kinds of businesses enter the market for financial services, competition from nonbank financial intermediaries such as thrifts, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, and other financial institutions may be expected to intensify further.

Community banks also have experienced significant


3


competition for deposits from mutual funds, insurance companies and other investment companies and from money center banks’ offerings of high-yield investments and deposits. Certain of these competitors are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as the Bank. Since September 29, 1995, any bank holding company located outside Alabama may acquire any bank based in Alabama or generally, any other state, subject to certain deposit-percentage, aging requirements, and other restrictions. Alabama has also opted into the provisions of the Interstate Banking Act, which permits national and state-chartered banks to branch interstate through acquisitions of banks in other states. See “SUPERVISIONANDREGULATION.”

Selected Economic Data

The Bank’s PSA includes the cities of Auburn and Opelika, Alabama and nearby surrounding areas in East Alabama, primarily in Lee County. Outside of the Bank’s PSA, the Bank has a residential mortgage loan office located in Gulf Shores, Alabama, a beach community in south Alabama. Lee County’s population is approximately 102,000.120,000. Approximately 71% of the land in Lee County is devoted to agriculture, of which approximately 91% is comprised of forests. An estimated 10% is urban or developed. Timber and timber products, greenhouses and horticulture, beef cattle, and cotton are the major agricultural products. Principal manufactured products in the Company’s PSA include magnetic recording tapes, tires, textiles, small gasoline engines and hardware. The largest employers in the area are Auburn University, East Alabama Medical Center, Wal-Mart Distribution Center, Uniroyal-Goodrich, West Point Stevens and Briggs & Stratton.

Loans and Loan Concentrations

The Bank makes loans for commercial, financial and agricultural purposes, as well as for real estate mortgage, real estate construction and consumer purposes. While there are certain risks unique to each type of lending, management believes that there is more risk associated with commercial, real estate construction, agricultural and consumer lending than with real estate mortgage loans. To help manage these risks, the Bank has established underwriting standards used in evaluating each extension of credit on an individual basis, which are substantially similar for each type of loan. These standards include a review of the economic conditions affecting the borrower, the borrower’s financial strength and capacity to repay the debt, the underlying collateral and the borrower’s past credit performance. These standards are used to determine the creditworthiness of the borrower at the time a loan is made and are monitored periodically throughout the life of the loan.

The Bank has loans outstanding to borrowers in all industries within its PSA. Any adverse economic or other conditions affecting these industries would also likely have an adverse effect on the local workforce, other local businesses, and individuals in the community that have entered into loans with the Bank. However, management believes that due to the diversified mix of industries located within the Bank’s PSA, adverse changes in one industry may not necessarily affect other area industries to the same degree or within the same time frame. Management realizes that the Bank’s PSA is also subject to both local and national economic fluctuations.

Employees

At December 31, 2002,2004, the Bank had 123135 full-time equivalent employees, including 2931 officers.

Statistical Information

Certain statistical information (as required by Guide 3) is included in response to Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain statistical information is also included in response to Item 6, Item 7A and Item 8 of thethis Annual Report on Form 10-K.


4


SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under federal and state law. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions referred to below and is not intended to be an exhaustivea complete description of the status or regulations applicable to the Company’s and the Bank’s business. Supervision, regulation and examination of the Company and the Bank and their respective subsidiaries by the bank regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than holders of Company capital stock.stock and other securities. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on the Company’s business.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the BHC Act. Bank holding companies are generally limited to the business of banking, managing, or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such other information as the Federal Reserve may request. The Federal Reserve examines the Company, and may examine its subsidiaries. The State of Alabama currently does not regulate bank holding companies.

The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company. With certain exceptions, the BHC Act prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in any activity other than banking or managing or controlling banks or performing services for its authorized subsidiary. A bank holding company may, however, engage in or acquire an interest in a company that engages in activities which the Federal Reserve has determined by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

In November 1999, the

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”) was enacted, which revised the statutory restrictions separating banking activities from certain other financial activities. Under the GLB Act, bank holding companies that are “well-capitalized” and “well-managed”, as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation Y, and whose subsidiary banks have and maintain satisfactory or better ratings under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the “CRA”), and meet certain other conditions can elect to become “financial holding companies.” Financial holding companies and their subsidiaries are permitted to acquire or engage in previously impermissible activities such as insurance underwriting, securities underwriting, travel agency activities, broad insurance agency activities, merchant banking, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be financial in nature or complementary thereto. In addition, under the merchant banking authority added by the GLB Act and Federal Reserve regulations, financial holding companies are authorized to invest in companies that engage in activities that are not financial in nature, as long as the financial holding company makes its investment with the intention of limiting the terms of its investment, does not manage the company on a day-to-day basis, and the investee company does not cross-market with any of the financial holding company’s controlled depository institutions. Financial holding companies continue to be subject to the overall oversight and supervision of the Federal Reserve, but the GLB Act applies the concept of functional regulation to the activities conducted by subsidiaries. For example, insurance activities would be subject to supervision and regulation by state insurance authorities. While the Company has not elected to become a financial holding company, in order to exercise the broader activity powers provided by the GLB Act, it may elect to do so in the future. The GLB Act also includes numerous consumer privacy provisions, and the Federal Reserve and the other federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted extensive privacy rules.

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Various legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company. The Company and the Bank are subject to Section 23A


5


of the Federal Reserve Act.Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W thereunder. Section 23A defines “covered transactions”, which include extensions of credit, and limits a bank’s covered transactions with any affiliate to 10% of such bank’s capital and surplus. All covered and exempt transactions between a bank and its affiliates must be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and banks and their subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing low-quality assets from the bank’s affiliates. Finally, Section 23A requires that all of a bank’s extensions of credit to its affiliateaffiliates be appropriately secured by acceptable collateral, generally United States government or agency securities. The Company and the Bank also are subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which generally requires covered and other transactions among affiliates to be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same as or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary as those prevailing at the time for similar transactions with unaffiliated companies.

Federal Reserve policy requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial strength and to take measures to preserve and protect its bank subsidiaries in situations where additional investments in a troubled bank may not otherwise be warranted. In addition, where a bank holding company has more than one bank or thrift subsidiary, each of the bank holding company’s subsidiary depository institutions are responsible for any losses to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as a result of an affiliated depository institution’s failure. As a result, a bank holding company may be required to loan money to its subsidiary in the form of capital notes or other instruments which qualify as capital under regulatory rules. However, any loans from the holding company to such subsidiary banks likely will be unsecured and subordinated to such bank’s depositors and perhaps to other creditors of the bank.

Bank and Bank Subsidiary Regulation

The Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent of Banks, which monitor all areas of the operations of the Bank, including reserves, loans, mortgages, issuances of securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches, capital adequacy and compliance with laws. The Bank is a member of the FDIC and, as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law. See “FDIC Insurance Assessments”.Assessments.”

Alabama law permits statewide branching by banks. The powers granted to Alabama-chartered banks by state law include certain provisions designed to provide such banks with competitive equality to the powers of national banks regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

The Federal Reserve adopted the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) updated rating system which assigns each financial institution a confidential composite “CAMELS” rating based on an evaluation and rating of six essential components of an institution’s financial condition and operations including Capital adequacy, Asset quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to market risk. For most institutions, the FFIEC has indicated that market risk primarily reflects exposures to changes in interest rates. When regulators evaluate this component, consideration is expected to be given to: management’s ability to identify, measure, monitor and control market risk; the institution’s size; the nature and complexity of its activities and its risk profile, and the adequacy of its capital and earnings in relation to its level of market risk exposure. Market risk is rated based upon, but not limited to, an assessment of the sensitivity of the financial institution’s earnings or the economic value of its capital to adverse changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices; management’s ability to identify, measure, monitor and control exposure to market risk; and the nature and complexity of interest rate risk exposure arising from nontrading positions.

The GLB Act requires banks and their affiliated companies to adopt and disclose privacy policies, including policies regarding the sharing of personal information they obtain from customers with third parties. The GLB Act also permits bank subsidiaries to engage in “financial activities” similar to those permitted to financial holding companies.


6


Community Reinvestment Act

The Company and the Bank are subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the “CRA”),CRA and the federal banking agencies’Federal Reserve’s regulations thereunder. Under the CRA, all banks and thrifts have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with their safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs for their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires a depository institution’s primary federal regulator, in connection with its examination of the institution, to assess the institution’s record of assessing and meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. Further, such assessment is required of any institution which has applied to: (i) charter a national bank; (ii) obtain deposit insurance coverage for a newly-chartered institution; (iii) establish a new branch office that accepts deposits; (iv) relocate an office; or

(v) merge or consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of, a federally regulated financial institution. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. A less than satisfactory CRA rating will slow, if not preclude expansion of banking activities. The Bank hadcurrently has a satisfactory CRA rating of satisfactory as of May 6, 2002.rating.

Current CRA regulations rate institutions based on their actual performance in meeting community credit needs. CRA performance is evaluated by the Federal Reserve, the Bank’s primary federal regulator, using a lending test, an investment test, and a service test. The Federal Reserve also will consider: (i) demographic data about the community; (ii) the institution’s capacity and constraints; (iii) the institution’s product offerings and business strategy; and (iv) data on the prior performance of the institution and similarly-situated lenders. As a result of the GLB Act, CRA agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual CRA reports must be made to a bank’s primary federal regulator. A bank holding company will not be permitted to become a financial holding company and no new activities authorized under the GLB Act may be commenced by a bank holding company or by a bank financial subsidiary if any of its bank subsidiaries received less than a “satisfactory” CRA rating in its latest CRA examination. The federal bank regulators recently proposed revisions to their CRA regulations that would, among other things, require that evidence of discriminatory, illegal or abusive lending practices be considered in the CRA evaluation.

The Bank is also subject to, among other things, the provisions of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (the “ECOA”) and the Fair Housing Act (the “FHA”), both of which prohibit discrimination based on race or color, religion, national origin, sex and familial status in any aspect of a consumer or commercial credit or residential real estate transaction. In April 1994, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Department of Justice (the “DoJ”), and the federal banking agencies issued an Interagency Policy Statement on Discrimination in Lending to provide guidance to financial institutions in determining whether discrimination exists, how the agencies will respond to lending discrimination and what steps lenders might take to prevent discriminatory lending practices. The DoJ has also increased its efforts to prosecute what it regards as violations of the ECOA and FHA.

Other Laws and Regulations

The GLB Act requires banks and their affiliated companies to adopt and disclose privacy policies regarding the sharing of personal information they obtain from their customers with third parties. The GLB Act also permits bank subsidiaries to engage in “financial activities” through subsidiaries similar to those permitted to financial holding companies. See the discussion regarding the GLB Act in “Bank Holding Company Regulation” above.

The International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism Funding Act of 2001 specifies new “know your customer” requirements that obligate financial institutions to take actions to verify the identity of the account holders in connection with opening an account at any U.S. financial institution. Banking regulators will consider compliance with this Act’s money laundering provisions in acting upon acquisition and merger proposals, and sanctions for violations of this Act can be imposed in an amount equal to twice the sum involved in the violating transaction, up to $1 million.

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001. Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as to enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. For example, the enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls generally require financial institutions to take reasonable steps –

to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transaction;

to ascertain the identity of the nominal and beneficial owners of, and the source of funds deposited into, each account as needed to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transactions;

to ascertain for any foreign bank, the shares of which are not publicly traded, the identity of the owners of the foreign bank, and the nature and extent of the ownership interest of each such owner; and

to ascertain whether any foreign bank provides correspondent accounts to other foreign banks and, if so, the identity of those foreign banks and related due diligence information.

The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs, and sets forth minimum standards for these programs, including:

the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;

the designation of a compliance officer;

an ongoing employee training program; and

an independent audit function to test the programs.

In addition, the USA PATRIOT Act authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to adopt rules increasing the cooperation and information sharing between financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement authorities regarding individuals, entities and organizations engaged in, or reasonably suspected based on credible evidence of engaging in, terrorist acts or money laundering activities. Any financial institution complying with these rules will not be deemed to have violated the privacy provisions of the GLB Act, as discussed above.

The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Alabama Superintendent of Banks monitor compliance with laws and regulations. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and others participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company.

We are also required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and Nasdaq. In particular, we will be required to include management and auditor reports on internal controls as part of our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2006 pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. It may be necessary to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. We may not be able to complete our assessment of our internal controls in a timely manner. Our failure to comply with these internal control rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, our ability to obtain the necessary certifications to our financial statements, and the values of our securities.

Payment of Dividends

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The prior approval of the Federal Reserve and/or the Alabama Superintendent is required if the total of all dividends declared by a state member bank (such as the Bank) in any calendar year will exceed the sum of such bank’s net profits for the year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits any state member bank from paying dividends that would be greater than such bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt reserves in excess of such bank’s allowance for loan losses. During 2002,2004, the Bank paid cash dividends of $1,712,000$2,237,000 to the Company.

In addition, the Company and the Bank are subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory


7


minimums. The appropriate federal regulatory and state regulatory authorities are authorized to determine, under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a state member bank or a bank holding company, that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a state member bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice. The Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent also have indicated that depository institutions should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

Capital

The Federal Reserve has risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and state member banks, respectively. These guidelines require a minimum ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) of 8%. At least half of the total capital must consist of common equity, retained earnings and a limited amount of qualifying preferred stock, less goodwill and certain core deposit intangibles (“Tier 1 capital”). Voting common equity must be the predominant form of capital. The remainder may consist of non–qualifying preferred stock, qualifying subordinated, perpetual, and/or mandatory convertible debt, term subordinated debt and intermediate term preferred stock, up to 45% of pretax unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable market values that are prudently valued, and a limited amount of general loan loss allowance (“Tier 2 capital” and, together with Tier 1 capital, “Total Capital”).

In addition, the federal regulatory agencies have established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies and state member banks, which provide for a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets (“leverage ratio”) equal to 3%, plus an additional cushion of 1.0% – 2.0%, if the institution has less than the highest regulatory rating. The guidelines also provide that institutions experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Higher capital may be required in individual cases and depending upon a bank holding company’s risk profile. All bank holding companies and banks are expected to hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of their risks including the volume and severity of their problem loans. Lastly, the Federal Reserve’s guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activity. The Federal Reserve has not advised the Company or the Bank of any specific minimum leverage ratio or tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio applicable to them.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital tiers: “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized”, and “critically undercapitalized”. A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

All of the federal banking agencies have adopted regulations establishing relevant capital measures and relevant capital levels. The relevant capital measures are the Total Capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio, and the leverage ratio. Under the regulations, a state member bank will be (i) well capitalized if it has a Total Capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or greater, a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive by a federal bank regulatory agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure,measure; (ii) adequately capitalized if it has a Total Capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 4% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (3% in certain circumstances),; (iii) undercapitalized if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4% (3% in certain circumstances),; (iv) significantly undercapitalized if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% and a leverage ratio of less than 3% or (v) critically undercapitalized if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets.


8


On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve adopted changes to its capital rules that permit qualified trust preferred securities and other restricted capital elements to be included as Tier 1 capital up to 25% of core capital, net of goodwill and intangibles. The Company expects that it will continue to treat its $7.0 million of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital.

As of December 31, 2002,2004, the consolidated capital ratios of the Company and the Bank were as follows:

 

 

Regulatory
Minimum

 

Company

 

Bank

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Regulatory

Minimum


 Company

 Bank

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

4.0

%

12.49

%

11.79

%

  4.0% 16.09% 15.08%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

8.0

%

13.75

%

13.05

%

  8.0% 17.15% 16.15%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

3.0-5.0

%

7.62

%

7.18

%

  3.0-5.0% 8.86% 8.29%

The Company and the Bank are well capitalized.

FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan for approval. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and the amount necessary to bring the institution into compliance with applicable capital standards. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. If the controlling holding company fails to fulfill its obligations under FDICIA and files (or has filed against it) a petition under the federal Bankruptcy Code, the claim would be entitled to a priority in such bankruptcy proceeding over third party creditors of the bank holding company. Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Because the Company and the Bank exceed applicable capital requirements, the respective managements of the Company and the Bank do not believe that the provisions of FDICIA have had or will have any material impact on the Company and the Bank or their respective operations.

FDICIA

FDICIA directs that each federal banking regulatory agency prescribe standards for depository institutions and depository institution holding companies relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth composition, a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded shares, and such other standards as the federal regulatory agencies deem appropriate.

FDICIA also contains a variety of other provisions that may affect the operations of the Company and the Bank, including new reporting requirements, regulatory standards for real estate lending, “truth in savings” provisions, the requirement that a depository institution give 90 days prior notice to customers and regulatory authorities before closing any branch, and a prohibition on the acceptance or renewal of brokered deposits by depository institutions that are not well capitalized or are adequately capitalized and have not received a waiver from the FDIC.

Enforcement Policies and Actions

The Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent monitor compliance with laws and regulations. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and others participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company.


9


Fiscal and Monetary Policy

Banking is a business which depends on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest paid by a bank on its deposits and its other borrowings, and the interest received by a bank on its loans and securities holdings, constitutes the major portion of a bank’s earnings. Thus, the earnings and growth of the Company and the Bank are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money through various means, including open market dealings in United States government securities, the discount rate at which banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve, and the reserve requirements on deposits. The nature and timing of any changes in such policies and their effect on the Company and the Bank cannot be predicted. In 2004, the Federal Reserve raised the targeted federal funds rate and the discount rate five times for a total of 1.25%. In February and March 2005, the Federal Reserve raised these rates by a total of 0.50% and indicated that further increases were likely in the future.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The Bank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC’s Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”), and it has no deposits insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”). In 1996, the FDIC began applying a risk-based premium schedule which decreased the assessment rates for BIF depository institutions. Under this schedule, the annual premiums range from zero to $.27 for every $100 of deposits. The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 authorized The Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to levy assessments on BIF-assessable deposits. Since 1999, the FICO assessment rates have been the same for BIF and SAIF-assessable deposits. The FICO assessments are set quarterly, and for BIF in 20022004 ranged from 1.701.54 basis points in the first quarter to 1.821.46 basis points.points in the fourth quarter. In 2003, the FICO assessments ranged from 1.68 basis points in the first quarter to 1.52 basis points in the fourth quarter. The FICO assessment rates for both BIF and SAIFrate for the first quarter of 2003 are 1.682005 is 1.44 basis points (0.0168%) of assessable deposits.points.

Each financial institution is assigned to one of three capital groups – well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized – and further assigned to one of three subgroups within a capital group, on the basis of supervisory evaluations by the institution’s primary federal and, if applicable, state regulators, and other information relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the applicable insurance fund. The actual assessment rate applicable to a particular institution will, therefore, depend in part upon the risk assessment classification so assigned to the institution by the FDIC. During the three years ended December 31, 2002,2004, the Bank paid $0 inno BIF deposit insurance premiums, and paid approximately $174,000, $60,000$65,000, $182,000 and $122,000$174,000 in FICO assessments during 2004, 2003 and 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The FDIC has indicated that based on its current level of reserves deposit insurance premiums may increase in 2003.

Legislative and Regulatory Changes

The International Money Laundering AbatementState of Alabama has been considering tax reform for several years and Anti-Terrorism Funding Act of 2001, imposes new “know your customer” requirementsthe Alabama legislature currently is considering legislation that obligate financial institutions to take actions to verifymay increase the identityCompany’s state taxes. In addition, the Alabama Banking Department has introduced legislation in the Alabama legislature that would, among other things, permit interstate de novo branching in Alabama by out-of-state banks, regulate bank holding companies and expand the enforcement powers of the account holders in connection withAlabama Banking Department. Other bills being considered by the opening of an account at any U.S. financial institution. Banking regulators are requiredAlabama legislature may adversely affect the Bank’s ability to consider a financial institution’s compliance with the act’s money laundering provisions in making decisions regarding approval of acquisitionsattract and mergers, and the regulatory authorities may impose sanctions for violations of this act.retain state deposits.

Various legislative and regulatory proposals regarding changes in banking, and the regulation of banks, thrifts and other financial institutions and bank and bank holding company powers, as well as the taxation of these entities, are being considered by the executive branch of the Federal government, Congress and various state governments. The FDIC has proposed a restructuring of the federal deposit insurance system, to better measure and price deposit insurance, to merge BIF and SAIF and increase FDIC insurance coverage. Other proposals pending in Congress would, among other things, allow banks to pay interest on checking accounts, allow the Federal Reserve to pay interest on reserves and permitde novo interstate branching.Certain of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation of banks and the financial services industry. It cannot be predicted whether any of these proposals will be adopted, and, if adopted, how these proposals will affect the Company and the Bank. Various federal oversight authorities are also reviewing the capital


10


adequacy and riskiness of government sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Changes from such review could affect the cost and availability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Services.services and the mortgage markets generally. The Alabama Superintendent of Banks has adopted regulations that strengthen the requirements for independent reviews or audits of Alabama banks by independent auditors.

ITEM 2.DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

The Bank conducts its business from its main office and seven branches. The Bank also has three mortgage loan offices in Gulf Shores, Phenix City and Valley, Alabama. The main office is located in downtown Auburn, Alabama, in a 16,150 square foot building that is owned by the Bank.bank with approximately 16,000 square feet of space. The original building was constructed in 1964, and an addition was completed in 1981. Portions of the building have been renovated within the last five years in order to accommodate growth and changes in the Bank’s operational structure and to adapt to technological changes. The main office building is surrounded on two sides by paved areas that provide parking for 84 vehicles, including four handicapped spaces. The main office branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has 2 ATMs, including one walk-up ATM and one drive-through ATM. The Bank owns a drive-in facility located directly across the street from its main office. This drive-in facility was constructed in 1979 and has five drive-through lanes and a walk-up window.

The Bank’s Kroger branch was opened in August 1988 and is located in the Kroger supermarket in the Corner Village Shopping Center in Auburn, Alabama. On September 15, 1987, the Bank entered into a 15-year lease agreement with an option to extendAlabama for approximately 500 square feet of space inspace. In April 2003, the supermarket.Bank entered into a new lease agreement for another five years. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services including an ATM, with the exception of loans and safe deposit boxes.

The Opelika branch is located in Opelika, Alabama, in a 4,000 square foot building.Alabama. This branch iswas built in 1991 and owned by the Bank and was built in 1991.with approximately 4,000 square feet of space. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has drive-through windows and an ATM. This branch offers parking for approximately 36 vehicles, including two handicapped spaces.

The Bank’s Phenix City branch was opened in August 19, 1998 in the Wal-Mart shopping center in Phenix City, Alabama, about 3035 miles southsoutheast of Auburn, Alabama. The Bank has a five-year lease agreement with an option to extendAlabama for approximately 600 square feet of space in the Wal-Mart. In September 2003, the Bank entered into a new lease agreement for another five years with an option to extend for an additional five years. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s deposit and other services including an ATM, except loans and safe deposit boxes.

The Bank’s Hurtsboro branch was opened in June 28, 1999. This branch is located in Hurtsboro, Alabama, about 4035 miles south of Auburn, Alabama, in a 1,000 square foot building.Alabama. This branch was built in 1999 and is owned by the Bank.Bank with approximately 1,000 square feet of space. The Bank leased the land for this branch from a third party. In June 2004, the Bank exercised its option to extend this land lease for another five years. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and hasincluding safe deposit boxes, drive-through windowswindow and an ATM. This branch offers parking for approximately 812 vehicles, including a handicapped ramp.

The Bank’s Auburn Wal-Mart Supercenter branch was opened in September 20, 2000 inside the Wal-Mart shopping center on the south side of Auburn, Alabama. The Bank has a five-year lease agreement with an option to extend for approximately 695 square feet of space in the Wal-Mart. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s deposit and other services, including an ATM, except loans and safe deposit boxes.

The Bank’s Notasulga branch was opened in August 9, 2001. This branch is located in Notasulga, Alabama, about 12 miles southwestsouth of Auburn, Alabama in a 1,400 square foot building.Alabama. This branch was built in 2001 and is owned by the Bank.Bank with approximately 1,400 square feet of space. The Bank leased the land for this branch from a third party. In May 2001, the Bank entered into this land lease for five years with an option to extend for an additional five years. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services including safe deposit boxes and has an ATM anda drive-through window. This branch offers parking for approximately 11 vehicles, including a handicapped ramp.

In JulyNovember 2002, the Bank opened a mortgage loan office in Phenix City. The mortgage office is located in downtown Phenix City, about 3035 miles south of Auburn, Alabama. TheIn November 2004, the Bank hasmoved this mortgage loan office to a one-year lease forlarger location with approximately 7001,200 square feet of space.space and entered into a lease agreement for five years. This office only offers mortgage loan services.

Also in July 2002, the Bank’s Opelika Wal-Mart Supercenter branch was opened inside the Wal-Mart shopping center in Opelika, Alabama. The bank has a five-year lease agreement with an option to extend for approximately 700 square feet of space in the Wal-Mart. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s deposits and other services including an ATM, except loans and safe deposit boxes.


11


In March 2004, the Bank opened a mortgage loan office in Gulf Shores. The mortgage office is located in downtown Gulf Shores, Alabama, a beach community located near Pensacola, Florida and about 250 miles southwest of Auburn, Alabama for approximately 950 square feet of space. The Bank has a two year lease agreement. This office only offers mortgage loan services.

In September 2004, the Bank opened a mortgage loan office in Valley. The mortgage office is located in Valley, Alabama, about 30 miles northeast of Auburn, Alabama for approximately 1,650 square feet of space. In December 2004, the Bank entered into a lease agreement for one year with an option to extend. This office only offers mortgage loan services.

The Bank’s Winn Dixie branch lease expired andin the branchTiger Crossing Shopping Center, which opened in April 1997, was closed onin April 3, 2002.2002 when the lease expired. This branch was consolidated with the Auburn Wal-Mart Supercenter branch. This branch was opened on April 3, 1997 and was located inside the Winn Dixie supermarket in the Tiger Crossing Shopping Center on the south side of Auburn, Alabama.

In addition, the Bank leases from the Company approximately 8,300 square feet of space in the AuburnBank Center (the “Center”), which is located next to the main office. This building, which has approximately 18,000 square feet of space, is also leased to outside third parties. Leases between the Bank and the Company are based on the same terms and conditions as leases to outside third parties leasing space in the same building. The Bank’s data processing activities, as well as other operations, are located in this leased space. The parking lot provides parking for approximately 120 vehicles, including handicapped parking.

Directly behind the Center is an older home that is also owned by the Company. This building is rented as housing to university students. The rear portion of this property is used as a parking area for approximately 20 vehicles of Bank employees.

The Bank also owns a two-story building located directly behind the main office. The first floor of this building is leased to unaffiliated third parties. The Bank uses the second floor for storage.

The Company owns a commercial office building (the “Hudson Building”) located across the street from the main office in downtown Auburn. The Hudson Building has two floors and a basement which contain approximately 14,395 square feet of leasable space. Approximately 63.2%60% of this building is available for rentrented by unaffiliated third-party

tenants. The Bank occupies approximately 5,3003,100 square feet, which includes a portion of the basement level used for storage and office space used to house certain bank functions. The Bank pays rent to the Company based on current market rates for such space.

In 1994, the Bank acquired a parcel of commercial real estate located in Auburn on U.S. Highway 29. This property, which was acquired in satisfaction of debt previously contracted, was formerly used by a floor covering business and contained approximately 6,045 square feet of office, showroom, and warehouse space. The Bank subsequently removed an underground storage tank (“UST”) containing petroleum products from the site. In 1995, the property was sold to a third party and the purchaser was indemnified of any environmental liability associated with the UST. Also in 1995, the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (“ADEM”) requested that the Bank submit a Secondary Investigation Plan (“Secondary Investigation”) as a result of underground soil and water contamination of petroleum-based hydrocarbon products. The Secondary Investigation was completed and submitted to ADEM by Roy F. Weston, Inc. (“Weston”), an independent consultant hired by the Bank. The Secondary Investigation indicated low concentrations of soil contamination on site and elevated concentrations of gasoline constituents both on-site and off-site. The Secondary Investigation indicated a low risk to human receptors, and Weston recommended to ADEM initiation of a quarterly ground water monitoring program for one year, at which time the program would be reassessed. In response to ADEM’s Letter of Requirement dated January 18, 1996, Weston prepared and submitted, on behalf of the Bank, a Monitoring Only Corrective Action Plan on February 20, 1996. In 1999, Weston installed a passive waste removal system to remove petroleum-based hydrocarbon products from the groundwater test well. Quarterly groundwater monitoring will continue in 20032005 as required by ADEM. Samples from the eight existing monitoring wells will be collected and analyzed by Weston. The monitoring data will be submitted by Weston to ADEM as required. It is estimated that the cost for monitoring and providing reporting data to ADEM for 20032005 will be approximately $9,000 (unless the site is released by ADEM during the year). The extent and cost of any further testing and remediation, if any, cannot be predicted at this time.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of its business, the Company and the Bank from time to time are involved in legal proceedings. The Company and Bank management believe there are no pending or threatened legal proceedings


12


which upon resolution are expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s or the Bank’s financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4.SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.2004.


13


PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY, AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, under the symbol “AUBN”. As of March 21, 2003,11, 2005, there were approximately 3,894,8183,843,911 shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding, which were held by approximately 460450 shareholders of record. The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, the high and low closing sale prices for the Company’s Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, and the cash dividends paid to shareholders during the indicated periods.

 

 

Closing
Price
Per Share (1)

 

Cash
Dividends
Declared

 

 


 


 

  

Closing

Price

Per Share (1)


  Cash
Dividends
Declared


 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

  High

  Low

  

 


 


 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004         

First Quarter

 

$

13.00

 

$

11.48

 

$

0.11

 

  $21.50  $18.60  $0.125

Second Quarter

 

17.00

 

12.11

 

0.11

 

   22.00   19.50   0.125

Third Quarter

 

14.75

 

13.00

 

0.11

 

   21.90   19.28   0.125

Fourth Quarter

 

14.50

 

12.21

 

0.11

 

   21.90   19.50   0.125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003         

First Quarter

 

$

12.00

 

$

10.00

 

$

0.10

 

  $14.30  $12.91  $0.12

Second Quarter

 

11.50

 

9.94

 

0.10

 

   16.00   12.90   0.12

Third Quarter

 

12.50

 

10.00

 

0.10

 

   18.95   15.06   0.12

Fourth Quarter

 

 

12.95

 

 

11.15

 

 

0.10

 

   21.50   17.72   0.12

(1)The price information represents actual transactions.

 (1)The price information represents actual transactions.

The Company has paid cash dividends on its capital stock since 1985. Prior to this time, the Bank paid cash dividends since its organization in 1907, except during the Depression years of 1932 and 1933. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The amount and frequency of cash dividends will be determined in the judgment of the Company’sCompany���s Board of Directors based upon a number of factors, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, and other relevant factors. Company management currently intends to continue its present dividend policies.


The amount of dividends payable by the Bank is limited by law and regulation. The need to maintain adequate capital in the Bank also limits dividends that may be paid to the Company. Although Federal Reserve policy could restrict future dividends on Common Stock, such policy places no current restrictions on such dividends. See “SUPERVISION AND ANDREGULATIONDIVIDENDS” and “MANAGEMENT’SANAGEMENTSDISCUSSIONANDANALYSISOFFINANCIALCONDITIONANDRESULTSOFOPERATIONSCAPITALRESOURCES.”


14


In November 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to an aggregate of $2.0 million of its outstanding shares of common stock in the open market, in negotiated transactions, block purchases, private transactions and otherwise, from time to time, through November 2004. The Company was not required to acquire any specific number of shares and was able to terminate its share repurchase program at any time. The Company funded the repurchase of its common stock using a portion of the proceeds from its note payable to trust. The Company purchased 48,852 shares of its common stock pursuant to this program for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $994,000 and at an average price per share of $20.34.

Period


  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased


  Average Price Paid
per Share (or Unit)


  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs


  

Maximum Number

(or Approximate Dollar

Value) of Shares (or Units)

that May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans

or Programs


   (Dollars in thousands except share data)

October 1 – October 31

  1,500  $20.06  1,500  $1,032

November 1 – November 30

  1,200  $21.42  1,200  $0

December 1 – December 31

  1,930   21.04  N/A  $0

Total

  4,630      2,700    


1A total of 1,930 shares were purchased in privately negotiated transactions.

ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

$

14,570

 

$

13,845

 

$

12,584

 

$

12,128

 

$

10,531

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

1,680

 

3,555

 

2,622

 

2,506

 

891

 

Net Earnings

 

5,055

 

4,578

 

3,014

 

2,922

 

3,439

 

Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings

 

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

0.74

 

0.88

 

Cash Dividends

 

0.44

 

0.40

 

0.40

 

0.32

 

0.19

 

Book Value

 

10.16

 

9.20

 

8.10

 

7.25

 

7.37

 

Shares Issued

 

3,957,135

 

3,957,135

 

3,957,135

 

3,957,135

 

3,957,135

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

 

3,894,649

 

3,908,084

 

3,924,573

 

3,924,573

 

3,924,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

505,027

 

$

473,010

 

$

404,689

 

$

377,518

 

$

307,874

 

Loans

 

260,360

 

271,834

 

262,529

 

260,606

 

218,687

 

Investment Securities

 

190,918

 

151,474

 

111,730

 

77,867

 

71,680

 

Total Deposits

 

395,191

 

369,668

 

315,641

 

294,722

 

223,505

 

Long Term Debt

 

53,436

 

53,581

 

48,721

 

46,861

 

31,000

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

39,582

 

35,834

 

31,805

 

28,442

 

28,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on Average Total Assets

 

1.04

%

1.07

%

0.77

%

0.85

%

1.22

%

Return on Average Total Equity

 

13.66

%

13.40

%

10.30

%

9.86

%

12.26

%

Average Stockholders’ Equity to Average Assets

 

7.65

%

7.97

%

7.47

%

8.62

%

9.91

%

Allowance for Loan Losses As a % Of Loans

 

 

1.96

%

 

1.96

%

 

1.38

%

 

1.45

%

 

1.28

%

Loans To Total Deposits

 

 

65.88

%

 

73.53

%

 

83.17

%

 

88.42

%

 

93.65

%



15
   For the Year Ended December 31,

 
   2004

  2003

  2002

  2001

  2000

 
   (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Earnings

                     

Net Interest Income

  $14,669  $13,518  $14,570  $13,845  $12,584 

Provision for Loan Losses

   600   675   1,680   3,555   2,622 

Net Earnings

   6,510   5,419   5,055   4,578   3,014 

Per Share:

                     

Net Earnings – basic and diluted

   1.68   1.39   1.30   1.17   0.77 

Cash Dividends

   0.50   0.48   0.44   0.40   0.40 

Book Value

   11.57   10.38   10.16   9.20   8.10 

Shares Issued

   3,957,135   3,957,135   3,957,135   3,957,135   3,957,135 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

   3,870,198   3,894,969   3,894,649   3,908,084   3,924,573 

Financial Condition

                     

Total Assets

  $591,161  $590,115  $505,027  $473,010  $404,689 

Loans

   258,943   257,092   260,360   271,834   262,529 

Investment Securities

   282,199   285,319   190,918   151,474   111,730 

Total Deposits

   429,339   434,042   395,191   369,668   315,641 

Long Term Debt

   105,441   105,589   53,436   53,581   48,721 

Shareholders’ Equity

   44,504   40,408   39,582   35,834   31,805 

Selected Ratios

                     

Return on Average Total Assets

   1.10%  1.05%  1.04%  1.07%  0.77%

Return on Average Total Equity

   15.69%  13.47%  13.66%  13.40%  10.30%

Average Stockholders’ Equity to Average Assets

   7.03%  7.78%  7.65%  7.97%  7.47%

Allowance for Loan Losses As a % Of Loans

   1.33%  1.68%  1.96%  1.96%  1.38%

Loans To Total Deposits

   60.31%  59.23%  65.88%  73.53%  83.17%


ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis is designed to provide a better understanding of various factors related to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. Such discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “BUSINESS” and “FINANCIALSTATEMENTSANDSUPPLEMENTARYDATA.”

The purpose of this discussion is to focus on significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations of the Company during the three years ended December 31, 2002, 20012004, 2003 and 2000.2002. This discussion and analysis is intended to supplement and highlight information contained in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the selected financial data presented elsewhere herein.

Summary

Net earnings increased $477,000 (10.4%)Overview

The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1990, and in 1994 it succeeded its Alabama predecessor as the bank holding company controlling the Bank. The Company’s business is conducted primarily through the Bank.

Like most financial institutions, the Company’s profitability depends largely upon the Bank’s net interest income, which is the difference between the interest received on earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. The Company’s results of operations are also affected by the Bank’s provision for loan losses; non-interest expenses, such as salaries, employee benefits, and occupancy expenses; and non-interest income, such as mortgage loan fees and service charges on deposit accounts.

Economic conditions, competition and federal monetary and fiscal policies also affect financial institutions. For example, 2004 was characterized by steady low interest rates intended to $5,055,000stabilize the economy and stimulate industrial economic growth. The Bank closed over $113 million in residential mortgage activity during 2002 from $4,578,000 for2004. Approximately 5.2% of the year ended December 31, 2001. BasicBank’s 2004 gross revenue was a product of its traditional residential mortgage origination business. Management anticipates a decline in mortgage production volumes and revenues during 2005 due to anticipated higher interest rates but also anticipates offsetting this decline somewhat due to the opening of two new mortgage loan offices in 2004. Lending activities are also influenced by regional and local economic factors, such as housing supply and demand, competition among lenders, customer preferences and levels of personal income and savings in the Company’s PSA.

Our balanced growth continued during 2004, with increases in assets, loans, shareholders’ equity, earnings per share was $1.30 and $1.17 for 2002returns on average assets and 2001, respectively, an increase of 11.1%. Comparatively, net earnings during 2001 increased $1,564,000 (51.9%)equity. The following chart shows our growth in these areas from the 2000 total of $3,014,000, while basic earnings per share showed an increase of $0.40 per share for 2001 from a 2000 per share total of $0.77. The increase in net earnings for 2002 is attributable to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in the provision for loan losses. This was offset by a decrease in noninterest income and an increase in noninterest expense. The increase in net earnings for 2001 is attributable to an increase in net interest income and noninterest income offset by an increase in provision for loan losses and noninterest expense. In addition, net income for first quarter 2001 was significantly impacted by a $1,548,000 gain recorded upon the sale of the Star Systems, Inc. ATM network in which the Company received ownership in a publicly traded entity whose shares were issued to the Company in exchange for its ownership interest in Star Systems, Inc. network. See “FINANCIALCONDITIONCAPITALRESOURCES” and the “CONSOLIDATEDAVERAGEBALANCES,INTERESTINCOME/EXPENSE ANDYIELDS/RATEStables.

Total assets at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were $505,027,000 and $473,010,000, respectively, reflecting growth of $32,017,000 (6.8%). The Company’s growth during 2002 resulted primarily from the growth in investment securities available for sale driven by an increase in deposits. This increase is offset by a decrease in loans. In addition, deposits grew $25,523,000 (6.9%) from $369,668,000 atto December 31, 2001 to $395,191,000 at December 31, 2002. See “FINANCIALCONDITION-DEPOSITS,FINANCIALCONDITION-LOANSandLIQUIDITY.2004:

   December 31,
2004


  %
Change


  December 31,
2003


  %
Change


  December 31,
2002


 
   (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Net Earnings

  $6,510  20.1% $5,419  7.2% $5,055 

Net Earnings Per Share - basic and diluted

   1.68  20.9%  1.39  6.9%  1.30 

Total Assets

   591,161  0.2%  590,115  16.8%  505,027 

Investment Securities

   282,199  -1.1%  285,319  49.4%  190,918 

Loans

   258,943  0.7%  257,092  -1.3%  260,360 

Deposits

   429,339  -1.1%  434,042  9.8%  395,191 

Shareholders’ Equity

   44,504  10.1%  40,408  2.1%  39,582 

Return on Average Total Assets

   1.10% 4.8%  1.05% 1.0%  1.04%

Return on Average Total Equity

   15.69% 16.5%  13.47% -1.4%  13.66%

Critical Accounting Policies

The accounting and financial reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principlesUnited States generally accepted in the United Statesaccounting principles and to general practices within the banking industry. The allowance for loan losses is an accounting policy applied by the Company which is deemed critical. Critical accounting policies are defined as policies which are important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, and that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgements. The Company’s financial results could differ significantly if different judgements or estimates are applied in the application of this policy. See “ALLOWANCEFORLOANLOSSESANDRISKELEMENTS.”

Management analyzes the loan portfolio to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and the appropriate provision required to maintain a level management considers adequate to absorb anticipated loan losses. When management believes the collection of the principal of a loan is unlikely, a loan is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent recoveries of principal are added back to the allowance for loan losses. Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on a formal analysis which assesses the risks within the loan portfolio. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, management reviews the size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio. Management also considers such factors as the Bank’s loan loss experience, the amount of past due and nonperforming loans, specific known risk, the status and amount of nonperforming assets, underlying collateral values securing loans, current and anticipated economic conditions and


16


other factors which affect the allowance for loan losses. In 2002,2004, the credit administration area reviewed approximately 24%20% of the total loan portfolio. In addition, the Bank has engaged an outside loan review consultant, on a semi-annual basis, to perform an independent review of the quality of the loan portfolio. In 2002,2004, the outside loan review consultant reviewed approximately 33%44% of the total loan portfolio. The current economic conditions have slowed loan growth in 2002.2004 and 2003. The Company is closely monitoring certain portions of its loan portfolio that management believes to be of higher risk under the current economic situation.

Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate at December 31, 2002.2004. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on economic changes and other changes that can effect the various borrowers. Certain economic and interest rate factors could have a material impact on the determination of the allowance for loan losses. The Bank’s allowance for loan losses is also subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance for loan losses and the size of the allowance for loan losses in comparison to a group of peer banks identified by the regulators. During their routine examinations of banks, the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent may require a bank to make additional provisions to its allowance for loan losses where, in the opinion of the regulators, credit evaluations and allowance for loan loss methodology differ materially from those of management. See “SUPERVISIONANDREGULATION.”

Management, considering current information and events regarding a borrowers’ ability to repay its obligations, considers a loan to be impaired when the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, is in doubt. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If the loan is collateral-dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the amount of the impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through a charge to the provision for loan losses. Cash receipts on accruing impaired loans are applied to principal and interest under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Cash receipts on impaired loans which are not accruing interest are applied first to principal and then to interest income.

Commercial real estate mortgage loans were $124,490,000$136,037,000 which represented 47.81%52.5% of the total loans at December 31, 2002.2004. The largest 10 commercial real estate mortgage relationships approximated $33.3$48.6 million or 12.79%18.8% of the total loans outstanding at December 31, 2002.2004. There are no significant concentrations of industries or loan types within the commercial real estate loan portfolio. The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are secured by real estate located principally in Lee County, Alabama. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial

portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market conditions in this area. A rapidly rising interest rate environment could have a material impact on certain borrowers’ ability to pay. The Company currently anticipates that interest rates will slightly increase in 2003.2005. In the event of a deeper recession or a significant increase in interest rates, the Bank’s credit costs and losses could increase significantly. See “QUANTITATIVEANDQUALITATIVEDISCLOSUREABOUTMARKETRISK.”

Financial Condition

Total assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $591,161,000 and $590,115,000, respectively, reflecting growth of $1,046,000 (0.2%). The Company’s growth during 2004 resulted primarily from the slight growth in loans and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. These increases were offset by a decrease in deposits and investment securities.

Investment Securities

Investment securities held to maturity were $7,928,000$809,000 and $16,164,000$1,238,000 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively. This decrease of $8,236,000 (51.0%$429,000 (34.7%) in 20022004 resulted from scheduled paydowns, maturities and calls of principal amounts. The investment securities available for sale portfolio was $182,990,000$281,390,000 and $135,310,000$284,081,000 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively. This increasedecrease of $47,680,000 (35.2%$2,691,000 (0.9%) reflects purchases of $39,129,000$20,583,000 in U.S. agency securities, $46,839,000$59,987,000 in mortgage-backed securities, $37,537,000$12,487,000 in collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), $2,500,000$1,000,000 in corporate securities and $411,000$21,430,000 in state and political subdivision securities. This increase is offset by $62,341,000$40,210,000 of scheduled paydowns, maturities and calls of principal amounts. In addition, $3,030,000$18,709,000 of U.S. agency securities, $8,495,000$7,721,000 of CMOs, $3,096,000$7,404,000 of state and political subdivisions, $42,891,000 of mortgage-backed securities


17


$1,302,000 and $809,000 of asset backed securities and $970,000 in equity securities were sold in 2002.2004. In November 2003, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I. This unconsolidated subsidiary issued approximately $7 million in preferred trust securities in 2003. The Company obtained these proceeds through a note payable to trust. Approximately $5 million of proceeds were given to the Bank in the form in dividend. This additional capital allowed the Bank to borrow additional funds from the FHLB. These funds were used to buy approximately $70 million in investment securities available for sale as part of a leverage transaction in 2003.

The composition of the Company’s total investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s investment strategy to provide acceptable levels of interest income from portfolio yields while maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity to assist with controlling the Company’s interest rate position. In recent years,2003 and 2004, the Company has invested primarily$45 million in taxabletax-exempt securities due to its inability to fully realize the benefits of the preferential treatment afforded tax-exempt securities under the tax laws. Because of their liquidity, credit quality and yield characteristics, theThe majority of the purchases of taxable securities have been in investment grade mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and CMOs.CMOs because of their liquidity, credit quality and yield characteristics. The yields, values, and durations of such MBS and CMOs generally vary with interest rates, prepayment levels, and general economic conditions, and as a result, the values of such instruments may be more volatile and unpredictable than other instruments with similar maturities. Such MBS and CMOs also may have longer stated maturities than other securities, which may result in further price volatility. The weighted average yields for state and political subdivisions have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

The following table indicates the amortized cost of the portfolio of investment securities held to maturity at the end of the last three years:

 

 

Amortized Cost
December 31,

 

 


 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

  

Amortized Cost

December 31,


 


 


 


 

  2004

  2003

  2002

 

(In thousands)

 

  (In thousands)

Investment Securities Held to Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

U.S. government agencies

 

$

5,000

 

 

7,290

 

 

14,931

 

  $—    —    5,000

State and political subdivisions

 

564

 

615

 

674

 

   362  370  564

Mortgage-backed securities

 

1,491

 

3,344

 

5,971

 

   447  868  1,491

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

873

 

4,915

 

5,324

 

   —    —    873

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total investment securities held to maturity

 

$

7,928

 

 

16,164

 

 

26,900

 

  $809  1,238  7,928

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

The following table indicates the fair value of the portfolio of investment securities available for sale at the end of the last three years:

 

 

Fair Value
December 31,

 

 


 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

  

Fair Value

December 31,


 


 


 


 

  2004

  2003

  2002

 

(In thousands)

 

  (In thousands)

Investment Securities Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

U.S. government agencies

 

$

39,567

 

25,276

 

25,581

 

  $57,800  62,667  39,567

State and political subdivisions

 

3,686

 

3,393

 

848

 

   42,389  28,076  3,686

Mortgage-backed securities

 

73,296

 

50,381

 

19,848

 

   157,375  171,219  73,296

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

63,124

 

52,523

 

38,554

 

   17,513  16,084  63,124

Asset backed securities

 

 

1,299

 

 

Corporate securities

 

2,500

 

 

 

   6,313  5,277  2,500

Equity securities

 

817

 

2,438

 

 

   —    758  817

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total investment securities available for sale

 

$

182,990

 

135,310

 

84,831

 

  $281,390  284,081  182,990

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

At December 31, 2002,2004, the Bank owned CMOs with a total amortized cost of $63,418,000.$17,632,000. All of the CMOs are rated AAA.AAA and Aaa. The CMOs are all backed by federal agency guaranteed mortgages.

The MBS portfolio’s total amortized cost of $73,068,000$158,779,000 at December 31, 2002,2004, is a mixture of fixed rate mortgages, adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”), and securities with balloon payments. At the time of purchase, the


18


Bank considers various prepayment speeds and makes the purchase based on the ability to accept the yield and average life based on both increasing and decreasing prepayment speeds.

The following tables present the maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at December 31, 2002:2004:

 

 

Maturities of Held-to-Maturity
Investment Securities
Amortized Cost

 

 


 

  

Maturities of Held-to-Maturity
Investment Securities

Amortized Cost


 

After one
through five
years

 

After five
through ten
years

 

After ten
years

 

  After one
Through
five years


  After five
through
ten years


  After
ten years


 


 


 


 

  (In thousands)

 

(In thousands)

 

U.S. government agencies

 

$

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

State and political subdivisions

 

185

 

 

379

 

  $—    —    362

Mortgage-backed securities

 

555

 

613

 

323

 

   268  1  178

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

873

 

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total investment securities held to maturity

 

$

740

 

 

613

 

 

6,575

 

  $268  1  540

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

 

 

Weighted Average Yields of
Held-to-Maturity
Investment Securities

 

 


 

  

Weighted Average Yields of

Held-to-Maturity

Investment Securities


 

 

After one
through
five years

 

After five
through
ten years

 

After
ten years

 

  

After one

through

five years


 

After five

through ten

years


 

After

ten years


 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies

 

%

%

8.00

%

State and political subdivisions

 

7.46

%

%

4.95

%

  —    —    8.13%

Mortgage-backed securities

 

7.18

%

6.80

%

6.44

%

  7.22% 4.40% 4.39%

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

%

%

7.88

%

 

 

Maturities of Available for Sale
Investment Securities
Amortized Cost

 

 


 

  

Maturities of Available for Sale

Investment Securities

Amortized Cost


 

Immediate

 

Within
one year

 

After one
through
five years

 

After five
through
ten years

 

After
ten years

 

  

After one

through

five years


  

After five

through ten

Years


  

After

ten years


 


 


 


 


 


 

  (In thousands)

U.S. government agencies

 

$

 

 

6,058

 

 

14,338

 

 

18,330

 

 

 

  $26,938  19,779  11,308

State and political subdivisions

 

 

 

480

 

857

 

2,211

 

   435  1,299  39,837

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

3,159

 

25,818

 

42,600

 

   4,559  73,779  79,994

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

14,200

 

48,345

 

   —    —    17,632

Corporate securities

 

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

   —    2,500  3,716

Equity securities

 

1,023

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total investment securities available for sale

 

$

1,023

 

 

6,058

 

 

17,977

 

 

61,705

 

 

93,156

 

  $31,932  97,357  152,487

 


 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  

19

   

Weighted Average Yields of

Available for Sale

Investment Securities


 
   

After one

through

five years


  

After five

through ten

years


  

After

ten years


 

U.S. government agencies

  3.33% 3.33% 3.80%

State and political subdivisions

  3.56% 4.48% 5.99%

Mortgage-backed securities

  3.00% 3.50% 4.49%

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  —    —    4.14%

Corporate securities

  —    6.75% 4.93%


As of December 31, 2003, the Company had one investment which had been in an unrealized loss position greater than one year in which the Company decided not to write down to its fair value because of management’s belief that the impairment was temporary. The Company owned 52,396 shares of Concord EFS stock. On December 31, 2003, the stock had a fair value of $265,000 below historical cost. The Company believed the decrease was due to the past uncertainties from the proposed merger of Concord and First Data which closed in February 2004. Based on the a review of analysts’ expectations, the Company’s management believed that Concord was well positioned with healthy market shares in the grocery, trucking and benefits payment sectors with a large book of recurring revenues. The Company expected that the merger should strengthen First Data’s merchant processing payment processing, electronic payments and debit card businesses and that steadily improving economic conditions should positively impact First Data’s 2004 operations. Although First Data’s stock price remained relatively stable in 2004, the Company sold the stock during 2004 and realized a loss of $214,818.

Loans

 

 

 

Weighted Average Yields of Available for Sale
Investment Securities

 

 

 


 

 

 

Within
one year

 

After one
through
five years

 

After five
through
ten years

 

After
ten
years

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies

 

3.19

%

3.79

%

5.44

%

%

State and political subdivisions

 

%

7.13

%

6.28

%

6.87

%

Mortgage-backed securities

 

%

4.36

%

4.83

%

5.51

%

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

%

%

4.59

%

5.53

%

Corporate securities

 

%

%

6.75

%

%


Loans

Total loans were $260,360,000$258,943,000 at December 31, 2002, a decrease2004, an increase of $11,474,000 (4.2%$1,851,000 (0.7%), over total loans of $271,834,000$257,092,000 at December 31, 2001.2003. The primary decreaseincrease during 20022004 occurred in the commercial financial and agricultural loans and residential real estate mortgage loans. In addition, the above was offset by an increasedecreases in commercial real estate mortgage loans. The commercial, financial and agricultural portfolio decreased $6,668,000 (10.6%) to $56,490,000 at December 31, 2002 compared to $63,158,000 at December 31, 2001. Commercial, financialloans and agricultural loans represented 21.7% and 23.2% of the total loans at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In addition, the residential held for sale loans. The commercial real estate mortgage loan component of the loan portfolio decreased $5,701,000 (11.0%increased $13,640,000 (11.1%) to $46,105,000$136,037,000 at December 31, 2002,2004, from the 20012003 balance of $51,806,000$122,397,000 and represented 17.7%52.5% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2002,2004, as compared to 19.1%47.6% at December 31, 2001.2003.

These

This above decreases areincrease is offset by an increasedecreases in the commercial, real estate mortgage loan portfolio.financial and agricultural loans and residential held for sale loans. The commercial, real estate mortgage portfolio increased $12,415,000 (11.1%financial and agricultural loans decreased $5,241,000 (9.5%) to $124,490,000$49,758,000 at December 31, 20022004 compared to $112,075,000$54,999,000 at December 31, 2001. The increase was due primarily to increased demand for commercial credits.2003. Commercial, real estate mortgagefinancial and agricultural loans represented 47.8%19.2% and 41.2%21.4% of the total loans at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively. The real estate held for sale decreased $4,626,000 (37.2%) to $7,814,000 at December 31, 2004 compared to $12,440,000 at December 31, 2003. The decrease in 2004 was due primarily to increased demand in 2003 of new and refinanced residential loans due to record low interest rates. Residential held for sale loans represented 3.0% and 4.8% of the total loans at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

In addition to originating mortgage loans for its own portfolio, the Company also originates residential mortgage loans which are sold in the secondary market. In addition to selling real estate mortgage loans to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) with the Bank retaining the servicing, the Bank has arranged with one mortgage servicing company to originate and sell, without recourse, residential first mortgage real estate loans, with servicing released. During 2002,2004, the Bank sold mortgage loans totaling approximately $58,186,000$44,136,000 to FNMA, with the Bank retaining the servicing, and sold mortgage loans totaling approximately $12,172,000$22,173,000 to the mortgage servicing company with servicing released. At December 31, 2002,2004, the Bank was servicing loans totaling approximately $107,672,000.$154,021,000. The Bank collects monthly servicing fees of 0.25% to 0.375% annually of the outstanding balances of loans serviced for FNMA. See “– EFFECTSOFINFLATIONANDCHANGINGPRICES.”


20


 

The following table presents the composition of the loan portfolio by major categories at the end of the last five years:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 2001

 2000

 

 

(In thousands)

 

  (In thousands) 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

56,490

 

63,158

 

71,636

 

77,236

 

61,075

 

  $49,758  54,999  56,490  63,158  71,636 

Leases – commercial

 

7,128

 

8,113

 

 

 

 

   5,397  6,630  7,128  8,113  —   

Real estate – construction:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Commercial

 

1,392

 

3,562

 

9,883

 

16,591

 

8,112

 

   945  2,099  1,392  3,562  9,883 

Residential

 

4,768

 

7,932

 

4,973

 

5,653

 

4,544

 

   5,426  4,866  4,768  7,932  4,973 

Real estate – mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Commercial

 

124,490

 

112,075

 

89,465

 

75,285

 

61,113

 

   136,037  122,397  124,490  112,075  89,465 

Residential

 

46,105

 

51,806

 

60,128

 

58,350

 

60,135

 

   42,545  41,988  46,105  51,806  60,128 

Real estate – held for sale

 

6,016

 

9,531

 

7,534

 

7,636

 

4,200

 

   7,814  12,440  6,016  9,531  7,534 

Consumer installment

 

13,971

 

15,657

 

18,910

 

19,855

 

19,508

 

   11,021  11,673  13,971  15,657  18,910 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

260,360

 

271,834

 

262,529

 

260,606

 

218,687

 

  $258,943  257,092  260,360  271,834  262,529 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Allowance for loan losses

 

(5,104

)

(5,340

)

(3,634

)

(3,774

)

(2,808

)

   (3,456) (4,312) (5,104) (5,340) (3,634)

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

$

255,256

 

266,494

 

258,895

 

256,832

 

215,879

 

  $255,487  252,780  255,256  266,494  258,895 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

The following table presents maturities by major loan classifications and the sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates within each maturity category at December 31, 2002:2004:

 

 

Maturities of Loan Portfolio

 

 


 

 

Within
one year

 

After one
through
five years

 

After
five
years

 

Total

 

  Maturities of Loan Portfolio

 


 


 


 


 

  

Within

one year


  

After one

through

five years


  

After

five

years


  Total

 

(In thousands)

 

  (In thousands)

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

30,826

 

24,382

 

1,282

 

56,490

 

  $20,987  27,861  910  49,758

Leases – commercial

 

 

6,166

 

962

 

7,128

 

   3,123  1,580  694  5,397

Real estate – construction

 

6,160

 

 

 

6,160

 

   6,320  51  —    6,371

Real estate – mortgage

 

18,881

 

83,422

 

68,292

 

170,595

 

   24,229  102,177  52,176  178,582

Real estate – held for sale

 

 

40

 

5,976

 

6,016

 

   —    103  7,711  7,814

Consumer installment

 

5,340

 

7,878

 

753

 

13,971

 

   3,194  7,506  321  11,021

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

Total loans

 

$

61,207

 

121,888

 

77,265

 

260,360

 

  $57,853  139,278  61,812  258,943

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable-rate loans

 

$

38,987

 

24,961

 

56,774

 

120,722

 

  $30,837  67,428  42,774  141,039

Fixed-rate loans

 

22,220

 

96,927

 

20,491

 

139,638

 

   27,016  71,850  19,038  117,904

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

Total loans

 

$

61,207

 

121,888

 

77,265

 

260,360

 

  $57,853  139,278  61,812  258,943

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

Allowance for Loan Losses and Risk Elements

Interest on loans is normally accrued from the date an advance is made. The performance of loans is evaluated primarily on the basis of a review of each customer relationship over a period of time and the judgment of lending officers as to the ability of borrowers to meet the repayment terms of loans. If there is reasonable doubt as to the repayment of a loan in accordance with the agreed terms, the loan may be placed on a nonaccrual basis pending the sale of any collateral or a determination as to whether sources of repayment exist. This action may be taken even


21


though the financial condition of the borrower or the collateral may be sufficient ultimately to reduce or satisfy the obligation. Generally, when a loan is placed on a nonaccrual basis, all payments are applied to reduce principal to the extent necessary to eliminate doubt as to the repayment of the loan. Thereafter, any interest income on a nonaccrual loan is recognized only on a cash basis.

The Company’s policy generally is to place a loan on nonaccrual status when it is contractually past due 90

days or more as to payment of principal or interest. A loan may be placed on nonaccrual status at an earlier date when concerns exist as to the ultimate collectionscollection of principal or interest. At the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed and charged against current earnings. Loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more which are well secured and are in the process of collection generally are not placed on nonaccrual status.

Lending officers are responsible for the ongoing review and administration of loans assigned to them. As such, they make the initial identification of loans which present some difficulty in collection or where circumstances indicate that the possibility of loss exists. The responsibilities of the lending officers include the collection effort on a delinquent loan. To strengthen internal controls in the collection of delinquencies, senior management and the Directors’ Loan Committee are informed of the status of delinquent and “watch” or problem loans on a monthly basis. Senior management reviews the allowance for loan losses and makes recommendations to the Directors’ Loan Committee as to loan charge-offs on a monthly basis.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s assessment of the risk associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. Management analyzes the loan portfolio to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and the appropriate provision required to maintain a level considered adequate to absorb anticipated loan losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, management reviews the size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio. Management also considers such factors as the Bank’s loan loss experience,

the amount of past due and nonperforming loans, specific known risks, the status and amount of nonperforming assets, underlying collateral values securing loans, current and anticipated economic conditions and other factors which affect the allowance for loan losses. An analysis of the credit quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is prepared by the Bank’s Credit Administration area and presented to the Directors’ Loan Committee on a monthly basis. In addition, the Bank has engaged outside loan review consultants, on a semi-annual basis, to perform an independent review of the quality of the loan portfolio.

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses is also subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance for loan losses and the size of the allowance for loan losses in comparison to a group of peer banks identified by the regulators. During their routine examinations of banks, the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent may require a bank to make additional provisions to its allowance for loan losses where, in the opinion of the regulators, credit evaluations and allowance for loan loss methodology differ materially from those of management. See “SUPERVISIONANDREGULATION.”

While it is the Bank’s policy to charge off in the current period loans for which a loss is considered probable, there are additional risks of future losses which cannot be quantified precisely or attributed to particular loans or classes of loans. Because these risks include the state of the economy, management’s judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance is necessarily approximate and imprecise.


22


The following table summarizes the levels of the allowance for loan losses at the end of the last five years and activity in the allowance during such years:

 

 

Allowance for Loan Loss Activity for Year ended
December 31,

 

 


 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  

Allowance for Loan Loss Activity

for Year ended December 31,


 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 2001

 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (Dollars in thousands) 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

5,340

 

3,634

 

3,775

 

2,808

 

2,125

 

  $4,313  5,104  5,340  3,634  3,775 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,680

 

3,555

 

2,622

 

2,506

 

891

 

   600  675  1,680  3,555  2,622 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

 

1,210

 

1,268

 

943

 

1,018

 

42

 

   215  416  1,210  1,268  943 

Real estate

 

851

 

512

 

1,113

 

277

 

 

   1,507  1,036  851  512  1,113 

Consumer

 

212

 

190

 

1,059

 

336

 

272

 

   44  125  212  190  1,059 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

 

2,273

 

1,970

 

3,115

 

1,631

 

314

 

   1,766  1,577  2,273  1,970  3,115 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

181

 

40

 

250

 

5

 

7

 

   219  52  181  40  250 

Real estate

 

67

 

11

 

11

 

1

 

2

 

   11  8  67  11  11 

Consumer

 

109

 

70

 

91

 

86

 

97

 

   79  51  109  70  91 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

357

 

121

 

352

 

92

 

106

 

   309  111  357  121  352 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

1,916

 

1,849

 

2,763

 

1,539

 

208

 

   1,457  1,466  1,916  1,849  2,763 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

5,104

 

5,340

 

3,634

 

3,775

 

2,808

 

  $3,456  4,313  5,104  5,340  3,634 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding

 

1.96

%

1.96

%

1.38

%

1.45

%

1.28

%

   1.33% 1.68% 1.96% 1.96% 1.38%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans, renegotiated loans, and other nonperforming assets

 

163.90

%

47.52

%

41.93

%

57.34

%

61.14

%

   423.53% 253.11% 163.90% 47.52% 41.93%

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

 

0.71

%

0.70

%

1.06

%

0.63

%

0.10

%

   0.55% 0.57% 0.71% 0.70% 1.06%

The allowance for loan losses was $5,104,000 (1.96%$3,456,000 (1.33% of total outstanding loans) at December 31, 2002,2004, compared to $5,340,000 (1.96%$4,313,000 (1.68% of total outstanding loans) at December 31, 2001.2003. This allowance reflects a constant percentage of total outstanding loans even thoughdecrease in the allowance has decreased slightlyis due to one large charge-off in 2004 which the decreaseCompany had allocated a specific allowance for, reduced loan growth, and improved performance in total outstanding loansthe loan portfolio as of December 31, 20022004 compared to the same period last year.in 2003.

The Bank has been engaged in enhanced reviews of its loan approval and credit grading processes. The Bank has sought to better price its loans consistent with its costs of funds and its assessment of potential credit risk. This has had the effect of slowing the Bank’s loan growth.

During 2002,2004, the Company had loan charge-offs totaling $2,273,000$1,766,000 and recoveries of $357,000,$309,000, as compared to $1,970,000$1,577,000 in charge-offs and recoveries of $121,000$111,000 in the prior year. Charge-offs slightly increased in 20022004 mainly due to several commercial loans which were identified in 2002 and 2001 as problem credits in the reviews and examinations as discussed above.one large loan.

Management believes that the $5,104,000$3,456,000 allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2002 (1.96%2004 (1.33% of total outstanding loans), is adequate to absorb known risks in the portfolio at such date. However, no assurance can be given that adverse economic circumstances, generally, including current economic events, or other events, including additional loan review or examination findings or changes in borrowers’ financial conditions, will not result in increased losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio or in additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses. The Bank does not currently allocate its allowance for loan losses among its various classifications of loans. The increase in the


23


ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets between year-end 20012004 and year-end 2003 was due to the reduction in nonaccrual loans and a decrease in the allowance for loan losses offset by an increase in other nonperforming assets. The increase in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets between year-end 2003 and year-end 2002 was primarily due to the reduction in nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned. The increase in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets between year-end 2000 and year-end 2001 was primarily due to an increase in the provision for loan losses.

While management recognizes that there is more risk traditionally associated with commercial and consumer lending as compared to real estate mortgage lending, the Bank currently has a tiered approach to determine the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses. This methodology focuses on the determination of the specific and general loss allowances for certain loans classified as problem credits and uses a five-year historical loss factor to determine the loss allocation for the remainder of the loan portfolio as opposed to allocations based on major loan categories. Level I includes specific allowances that have been reserved for impaired loans where management has identified specific losses. Level II allowances are set aside to cover general losses associated with problem loans which possess more than a normal degree of credit risk, but where no specific losses have been identified. These loans have been criticized or classified by the Bank’s regulators, external loan review personnel engaged by the Bank, or internally by management. The five-year historical loss factors, subject to certain minimum percentages considering regulatory guidelines, are applied to the Level II problem loans in determining the allocation. Level III is the allowance for the balance of the loan portfolio. The loans in this tier consist of all loans that are not classified as Level I or Level II problem credits, and less risk-free loans. Risk-free loans are defined as loans fully secured by cash or cash equivalents and readily marketable collateral, and portionscollateral. Local economic conditions are considered in determining the adequacy of the portfolio that are partially covered by a U.S. Government or government agency guaranty. Adjustments are then madeCompany’s allowance for local economic conditions.loan losses. The allocation for Level III is determined by applying the historical loss factor, derived from prior yearsyears’ actual experience, to the adjusted outstanding balance for this classification. At December 31, 2002,2004, the allowance for loan losses was allocated to approximately $860$196 thousand for impaired loans (Level 1), approximately $2.5$1.8 million for criticized and classified loans (Level II) and approximately $1.8$1.5 million for the general reserve (Level III).

At December 31, 2002,2004, the Company had approximately $5,281,000$677,000 of impaired loans, which included 53 loans to 3 borrowers with a total valuation allowance of approximately $861,000.$177,000. At December 31, 2001,2003, the Company had approximately $10,164,000$471,000 of impaired loans, which included 224 loans to 102 borrowers with a total valuation allowance of approximately $1,413,000.$309,000.

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets consist of loans on nonaccrual status, loans that have been renegotiated at terms more favorable to the borrower than those for similar credits, real estate and other assets acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loan obligations and accruing loans that are past due 90 days or more.

Nonperforming assets were $3,114,000, $12,706,000,$816,000, $1,704,000, and $8,695,000$3,114,000 at December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000,2002, respectively. These levels represent a decrease of $9,592,000 (75.5%$888,000 (52.1%) for the year ended December 31, 2002,2004, and an increasea decrease of $4,011,000 (46.1%$1,410,000 (45.3%) for the year ended December 31, 2001.2003. The decrease in 20022004 was mainly due to a decrease in nonaccrual loans. The decrease in 2003 was mainly due to a decrease in nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned and accruing loans 90 days or more past due. The increase in 2001 was mainly due to an increase in nonaccrual loans due to a deterioration in certain loans determined by recent analyses and loan reviews. In addition in 2001, accruing loans 90 days or more past due increased significantly which is mainly due to one large loan which was then placed on nonaccrual in the first quarter of 2002.


24


owned.

 

An analysis of the components of nonperforming assets at the end of the last five years is presented in the following table:

 

 

Nonperforming Assets
December 31,

 

 


 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  

Nonperforming Assets

December 31,


 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 2001

 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (Dollars in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

2,532

 

10,211

 

7,793

 

6,075

 

4,593

 

  $711  1,704  2,532  10,211  7,793 

Renegotiated loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

   —    —    —    —    —   

Other nonperforming assets (primarily other real estate)

 

582

 

1,026

 

874

 

509

 

 

   105  —    582  1,026  874 

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

 

0

 

1,469

 

28

 

269

 

304

 

   —    —    —    1,469  28 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

3,114

 

12,706

 

8,695

 

6,853

 

4,897

 

  $816  1,704  3,114  12,706  8,695 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans and renegotiated loans as a percentage of total loans

 

0.97

%

3.76

%

2.97

%

2.33

%

2.10

%

   0.27% 0.66% 0.97% 3.76% 2.97%

Nonaccrual loans, renegotiated loans and other nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans

 

1.20

%

4.13

%

3.30

%

2.53

%

2.10

%

   0.32% 0.66% 1.20% 4.13% 3.30%

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans

 

1.20

%

4.67

%

3.31

%

2.63

%

2.24

%

   0.32% 0.66% 1.20% 4.67% 3.31%

If nonaccrual loans had performed in accordance with their original contractual terms, interest income would have increased approximately $462,000, $528,000,$92,000, $180,000, and $826,000$462,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 20012004, 2003 and 20002002, respectively. The Company did not recognize any interest income on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2002, 20012004, 2003 and 2000.2002.

Other Potential Problem Loans

Potential problem loans consist of those loans where management has serious doubts as to the borrower’s ability to comply with the present loan repayment terms.At December 31, 2002,2004, the Company had identified 9869 loans totaling approximately $11,574,000,$3,260,000, or 4.4%1.3% of total loans, which were considered potential problem loans. At December 31, 2001,2003, the Company had identified 11778 loans totaling approximately $10,379,000,$8,876,000, or 3.8%3.5% of total loans, which were considered potential problem loans. Such loans have been considered in the determination of the Level II allowance previously discussed.

Deposits

Deposits

Total deposits increased $25,523,000 (6.9%decreased $4,703,000 (1.1%) to $395,191,000$429,339,000 at December 31, 2002,2004, as compared to $369,668,000$434,042,000 at December 31, 2001.2003. Noninterest-bearing deposits were $53,219,000$65,364,000 and $48,543,000$60,507,000 while total

interest-bearing deposits were $341,972,000$363,975,000 and $321,124,000$373,535,000 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively.This trend is the result of management’s decision to maintain a competitive position in its deposit rate structure coupled with the Bank’s marketing efforts to attract local deposits and fund its loan growth. At December 31, 2002,2004, as a percentage of total deposits, noninterest-bearing accounts comprised approximately 13.5%15.2%, while MMDAs, NOWs and regular savings made up approximately 39.5%42.3%, certificates of deposit under $100,000 comprised approximately 22.7%20.3%, and certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more comprised 24.3%22.2%. At December 31, 2001,2003, as a percentage of total deposits, noninterest-bearing accounts comprised approximately 13.1%13.9%, while MMDAs, NOWs and regular savings made up approximately 39.0%42.5%, certificates of deposit under $100,000 comprised approximately 23.8%19.7%, and certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more comprised 24.1%23.9%.


25


The composition of total deposits for the last three years is presented in the following table:

 

 

December 31,

 

 


 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

 

Amount

 

% Change
from prior
year end

 

Amount

 

% Change
from prior
year end

 

Amount

 

% Change
from prior
year end

 

  December 31,

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

  Amount

  

% Change

from prior

year end


 Amount

 

% Change

from prior

year end


 Amount

 

% Change

from prior

year end


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (Dollars in thousands) 

Demand deposits

 

$

53,219

 

9.63

%

48,544

 

12.54

%

43,292

 

11.38

%

  $65,364  8.03% 60,507 13.91% 53,119 10.09%

Interest bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

NOWs

 

68,950

 

15.48

%

59,705

 

61.83

%

36,894

 

8.55

%

   64,938  -25.66% 87,353 26.69% 68,950 15.48%

MMDAs

 

72,189

 

1.68

%

70,999

 

13.61

%

62,496

 

5.53

%

   96,983  22.95% 78,881 9.27% 72,189 1.68%

Savings

 

14,933

 

8.98

%

13,703

 

17.45

%

11,667

 

1.51

%

   19,656  9.04% 18,026 20.71% 14,933 8.98%

Certificates of deposit under $100,000

 

89,748

 

2.19

%

87,821

 

8.19

%

81,174

 

11.94

%

   87,185  2.09% 85,401 -4.95% 89,848 1.97%

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 and over

 

96,152

 

8.16

%

88,896

 

10.96

%

80,118

 

1.88

%

   95,213  -8.34% 103,874 8.03% 96,152 8.16%

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

  

  

 
 

 
 

Total interest bearing deposits

 

341,972

 

6.49

%

321,124

 

17.91

%

272,349

 

6.45

%

   363,975  -2.56% 373,535 9.20% 342,072 6.43%

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

  

  

 
 

 
 

Total deposits

 

$

395,191

 

 

6.90

%

 

369,668

 

 

17.17

%

 

315,641

 

 

7.10

%

  $429,339  -1.08% 434,042 9.83% 395,191 6.90%

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

  

  

 
 

 
 

The average balances outstanding and the average rates paid for certain categories of deposits at the end of the last three years are disclosed in the “Consolidated Average Balances, Interest Income/Expense and Yields/Rates” table immediately following:


26


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. & SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Average Balances, Interest Income/Expense and Yields/Rates

Taxable Equivalent Basis

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Average
Balance

 

 

 

Yield/
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

 

 

Yield/
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

 

 

Yield/
Rate

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income (1)

 

$

268,878

 

18,460

 

6.87

%

264,948

 

21,418

 

8.08

%

261,499

 

22,707

 

8.68

%

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

164,159

 

8,872

 

5.40

%

119,288

 

7,735

 

6.48

%

97,007

 

6,827

 

7.04

%

Tax-exempt (2)

 

3,685

 

261

 

7.08

%

1,950

 

139

 

7.13

%

1,160

 

85

 

7.31

%

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

167,844

 

9,133

 

5.44

%

121,238

 

7,874

 

6.49

%

98,167

 

6,912

 

7.04

%

Federal funds sold

 

13,243

 

214

 

1.62

%

15,857

 

530

 

3.34

%

8,086

 

495

 

6.12

%

Interest-earning deposits with other banks

 

1,510

 

34

 

2.25

%

2,395

 

107

 

4.47

%

1,754

 

142

 

8.10

%

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

451,475

 

27,841

 

6.17

%

404,438

 

29,929

 

7.40

%

369,506

 

30,256

 

8.19

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(5,368

)

 

 

 

 

(4,441

)

 

 

 

 

(3,854

)

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

14,719

 

 

 

 

 

11,918

 

 

 

 

 

10,790

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

3,256

 

 

 

 

 

3,241

 

 

 

 

 

3,231

 

 

 

 

 

Rental property, net

 

1,564

 

 

 

 

 

1,568

 

 

 

 

 

1,623

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

18,183

 

 

 

 

 

11,599

 

 

 

 

 

10,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

483,829

 

 

 

 

 

428,323

 

 

 

 

 

391,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

$

64,074

 

1,114

 

1.74

%

45,104

 

1,165

 

2.58

%

35,051

 

1,158

 

3.30

%

Savings and money market

 

90,305

 

1,884

 

2.09

%

77,286

 

2,658

 

3.44

%

79,332

 

3,968

 

5.00

%

Certificates of deposits less than $100,000

 

88,673

 

3,782

 

4.27

%

84,988

 

5,106

 

6.01

%

78,199

 

5,180

 

6.62

%

Certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

 

93,176

 

3,393

 

3.64

%

85,362

 

4,182

 

4.90

%

79,059

 

4,543

 

5.75

%

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

336,228

 

10,173

 

3.03

%

292,740

 

13,111

 

4.48

%

271,641

 

14,849

 

5.47

%

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

3,295

 

53

 

1.61

%

3,233

 

117

 

3.62

%

5,344

 

313

 

5.86

%

Other borrowed funds

 

53,513

 

2,955

 

5.52

%

50,428

 

2,809

 

5.57

%

44,447

 

2,480

 

5.58

%

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

393,036

 

13,181

 

3.35

%

346,401

 

16,037

 

4.63

%

321,432

 

17,642

 

5.49

%

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

48,426

 

 

 

 

 

42,328

 

 

 

 

 

37,863

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

5,352

 

 

 

 

 

5,439

 

 

 

 

 

3,004

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

37,015

 

 

 

 

 

34,155

 

 

 

 

 

29,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

483,829

 

 

 

 

 

428,323

 

 

 

 

 

391,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

14,660

 

 

 

 

 

13,892

 

 

 

 

 

12,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Net yield on total interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

3.25

%

 

 

 

 

3.43

%

 

 

 

 

3.41

%

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 


(1)Loans on nonaccrual status have been included in the computation of average balances.
   Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 
   2004

  2003

  2002

 
   

Average

Balance


  Interest

  

Yield/

Rate


  

Average

Balance


  Interest

  

Yield/

Rate


  

Average

Balance


  Interest

  

Yield/

Rate


 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
ASSETS                               

Interest-earning assets:

                               

Loans, net of unearned income (1)

  $262,800   15,807  6.01% 256,431   16,299  6.36% 268,878  18,460  6.87%

Investment securities:

                               

Taxable

   252,482   9,821  3.89% 214,109   8,225  3.84% 164,159  8,872  5.40%

Tax-exempt (2)

   33,307   2,148  6.45% 7,093   476  6.71% 3,685  261  7.08%
   


 

     

 

     

 
    

Total investment securities

   285,789   11,969  4.19% 221,202   8,701  3.93% 167,844  9,133  5.44%

Federal funds sold

   8,819   118  1.34% 8,130   92  1.13% 13,243  214  1.62%

Interest-earning deposits with other banks

   955   13  1.36% 797   10  1.25% 1,510  34  2.25%
   


 

     

 

     

 
    

Total interest-earning assets

   558,363   27,907  5.00% 486,560   25,102  5.16% 451,475  27,841  6.17%

Allowance for loan losses

   (4,378)        (4,918)        (5,368)      

Cash and due from banks

   11,078         12,838         14,719       

Premises and equipment

   2,764         3,077         3,256       

Rental property, net

   1,376         1,475         1,564       

Other assets

   21,106         17,796         18,183       
   


        

        

      

Total assets

  $590,309         516,828         483,829       
   


        

        

      
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                               

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                               

Deposits:

                               

NOWs

  $76,313   864  1.13% 75,307   959  1.27% 64,074  1,114  1.74%

Savings and money market

   118,218   1,723  1.46% 91,738   1,456  1.59% 90,305  1,884  2.09%

Certificates of deposits less than $100,000

   87,581   2,937  3.35% 87,621   3,057  3.49% 88,673  3,782  4.27%

Certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

   94,032   2,601  2.77% 97,615   3,076  3.15% 93,176  3,393  3.64%
   


 

     

 

     

 
    

Total interest-bearing deposits

   376,144   8,125  2.16% 352,281   8,548  2.43% 336,228  10,173  3.03%

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   2,632   32  1.22% 4,279   48  1.12% 3,295  53  1.61%

Other borrowed funds

   103,345   4,351  4.21% 59,201   2,826  4.77% 53,513  2,955  5.52%
   


 

     

 

     

 
    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   482,121   12,508  2.59% 415,761   11,422  2.75% 393,036  13,181  3.35%

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   62,900         55,005         48,426       

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   3,803         5,843         5,352       

Stockholders’ equity

   41,485         40,219         37,015       
   


        

        

      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $590,309         516,828         483,829       
   


        

        

      

Net interest income

      $15,399        $13,680        14,660    
       

        

        
    

Net yield on total interest-earning assets

          2.76%        2.81%       3.25%
           

        

       


(1)Loans on nonaccrual status have been included in the computation of average balances.
(2)Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using an income tax rate of 34%.

(2)Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using an income tax rate of 34%.


27


The following table presents the maturities of certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more:

 

 

Maturities of
Time Deposits
over $100,000
December 31, 2002

 

 


 

  

Maturities of Time

Deposits over $100,000

December 31, 2004


 

 

(In thousands)

 

  (Dollars in thousands) 

Three months or less

 

$

21,296

 

  $19,185 

After three within six months

 

7,378

 

   37,351 

After six within twelve months

 

17,271

 

   20,879 

After twelve months

 

50,207

 

   17,798 

 


 

  


Total

 

$

96,152

 

  $95,213 

 


 

  


 

 

 

Weighted Average rate on time deposits of $100,000 or more at period end

 

 

 

3.89

%

   3.25%

Schedule of Short-term Borrowings (1)

The following table shows the maximum amount of short-term borrowings and the average and year-end

amount of borrowings, as well as interest rates.

 

Year ended
December 31

 

Maximum
Outstanding at
any Month-end

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest Rate
During Year

 

Ending
Balance

 

Weighted
Average Interest
Rate at Year-end

 

  

Maximum

Outstanding at

any Month-end


  

Average

Balance


  

Interest Rate

During Year


 

Ending

Balance


  

Weighted

Average Interest

Rate at Year-end


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

  (Dollars in thousands) 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

   $7,613  $2,525  1.20% $7,613  2.23%

2003

   8,493   3,192  1.02%  6,654  0.89%

2002

 

$

11,989

 

$

3,265

 

 

1.60

%

$

11,989

 

 

1.19

%

   11,989   3,265  1.60%  11,989  1.19%

2001

 

10,136

 

3,178

 

3.40

%

10,136

 

1.75

%

2000

 

 

6,746

 

 

4,678

 

 

6.69

%

 

4,389

 

 

5.95

%


(1)Consists of securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

 (1)Consists of securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

Other Borrowed Funds and Contractual Obligations

Other borrowed funds consist of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and notes payable. The following table outlines the Company’s other borrowed funds and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2002:2004:

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total

 

Less than one year

 

One to five years

 

After five years

 

     Payments Due by Period

 


 


 


 


 

  Total

  

Less than

one year


  

One to

five years


  

After

five years


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

     (In thousands)

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

FHLB advances

 

53,285

 

43

 

5,073

 

48,169

 

  $98,224  $18  $40,074  $58,132

Notes payable

 

151

 

21

 

130

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total

 

53,436

 

64

 

5,203

 

48,169

 

 


 


 


 


 

The Company has operating leases for certain bank premises and equipment primarily including computer equipment and copiers. In 2002,2004, the Company paid $152,000$183,000 and $328,000$288,000 in premises and equipment leases, respectively.

Note Payable to Trust

In November 2003, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I. This unconsolidated subsidiary issued approximately $7 million in preferred trust securities. The Company obtained these proceeds through a note payable to trust (junior subordinated debentures). Approximately $5 million of proceeds were given to the Bank in the form of a dividend. This additional capital allowed the Bank to borrow additional funds from the FHLB. These funds along with some brokered CDs were used to buy additional investment securities available for sale as part of a leverage transaction. The remaining $2 million were used for the stock repurchase program. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, $7,217,000 of the note payable to trust was classified as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes. For regulatory purposes, the trust preferred securities represent a minority investment in a consolidated subsidiary, which is currently included in Tier 1 Capital so long as it does not exceed 25% of total Tier 1 capital. Under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No.46 (FIN 46) and Revised Amendment to FIN 46 (FIN 46R),

however, the trust subsidiary must be deconsolidated for accounting purposes. As a result of this accounting pronouncement, the Federal Reserve Board on March 1, 2005 announced changes to its capital adequacy rules, including the capital treatment of trust preferred securities. The Federal Reserve’s new rules, which will take effect in early April 2005, will permit the Company to continue to treat its outstanding trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital for the first 25 years of the 30 year term of the related junior subordinated notes. During the last five years preceding maturity, the amount included as capital will decline 20% per year. We believe that the Federal Reserve’s final rule with respect to the capital treatment of trust preferred securities will not adversely affect our regulatory capital and that the Company and the Bank’s capital ratios will remain at an adequate level to allow the Company and the Bank to continue to be “well capitalized” under applicable banking regulations.

Off-Balance Sheet CommitmentsArrangements

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such instruments involve elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.


28


The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

The financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of December 31, 20022004 are as follows:

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

33,019,000

 

  $50,337,000

Standby letters of credit

 

 

6,021,000

 

   4,149,000

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit are commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. All guarantees expire within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds various assets as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

Capital Resources

The Company’s consolidated stockholders’ equity was $39,582,000$44,504,000 and $35,834,000$40,408,000 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively, an increase of $3,748,000 (10.5%$4,096,000 (10.1%) since year-end 2001.. The increase in stockholders’ equity for 20022004 is mainly due to an increase in net earnings and the fair value of investment securities available for sale. This is offset by cash dividends for 2004. The increase in stockholders’ equity for 2003 is mainly due to an increase in net earnings offset by cash dividends for 2002. The increase in stockholders’ equity for 2001 is due to an increase2003 and the decrease in the accumulated other comprehensive income due to unrealized gain onfair value of investment securities available for sale and net earnings offset by cash dividends for 2001.sale. The Company has funded its capital growth primarily through retained earnings since its early 1995 salecommon stock offering. In November 2003, the Company issued $7.0 million of common stock.trust preferred securities that count as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes. See “ SUPERVISIONAND REGULATION.”

During 2002,2004, cash dividends of $1,714,000$1,934,000 or $0.44$0.50 per share, were declared on the Common Stock as compared to $1,563,000$1,870,000 or $0.40$0.48 per share, in 2001.2003. The Company plans to continue a dividend payout policy that provides cash returns to its investors and allows the Company to maintain adequate capital to support future growth and capital adequacy; however, the Company is dependent on dividends from the Bank as discussed subsequently. Management believes that a strong capital position is important to the continued profitability of the Company and provides a foundation for future growth as well as promoting depositor and investor confidence in the institution. See “SUPERVISIONANDREGULATION.”

Certain financial ratios for the Company for the last three years are presented in the following table:

 

 

Equity and Asset Ratios
December 31,

 

 


 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

  Equity and Asset Ratios
December 31,


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 

Return on average assets

 

1.04

%

1.07

%

0.77

%

  1.10% 1.05% 1.04%

Return on average equity

 

13.66

%

13.40

%

10.30

%

  15.69% 13.47% 13.66%

Dividend payout ratio

 

33.85

%

34.19

%

51.28

%

  29.76% 34.53% 33.85%

Average equity to average asset ratio

 

7.65

%

7.97

%

7.47

%

  7.03% 7.78% 7.65%

The Bank is subject to variousthe regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agenciesFederal Reserve and the Company must maintain capital required by the Alabama Superintendent. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification of the Bank are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Management


29


believes, as of December 31, 2002,2004, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. See “SUPERVISIONANDREGULATION.”

The following table sets forth the Bank’s actual capital levels and the related required capital levels at December 31, 2002:2004:

 

 

Actual Capital
Amount

 

Actual
Ratio

 

Required Capital
Amount

 

Required
Ratio

 

 


 


 


 


 

  Actual
Capital
Amount


  Actual
Ratio


 Required
Capital
Amount


  Required
Ratio


 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

  (Dollars in thousands) 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

35,276

 

 

11.79

%

$

11,955

 

 

> 4

%

  $48,443  15.08% $12,850  ³ 4%

Leverage ratio

 

35,276

 

7.18

 

20,096

 

3 - 5

%

   48,443  8.29%  23,576  3 - 5%

Total risk-based capital

 

 

39,029

 

 

13.05

%

 

23,910

 

 

> 8

%

   51,899  16.15%  25,700  ³ 8%

Liquidity

Liquidity is the Company’s ability to convert assets into cash equivalents in order to meet daily cash flow requirements, primarily for deposit withdrawals, loan demand and maturing liabilities. Without proper management, the Company could experience higher costs of obtaining funds due to insufficient liquidity, while excessive liquidity can lead to a decline in earnings due to the cost of foregoing alternative higher-yielding investment opportunities.

At the Bank, asset liquidity is provided primarily through cash, the repayment and maturity of investment securities, and the sale and repayment of loans.

Sources of liability liquidity include customer deposits, federal funds purchased and investment securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Although deposit growth historically has been a primary source of liquidity, such balances may be influenced by changes in the banking industry, interest rates available on other investments, general economic conditions, competition and other factors. The Bank has participated in the FHLB-Atlanta’sFHLB’s advance program to obtain funding for its growth. Advances include both fixed and variable terms and are taken out with varying maturities. This line is collateralized by a blanket lien against the Bank’s one to four family residential mortgage loans and investment securities. At December 31, 2002,2004, the Bank had $53,285,000$98,224,000 in advances from FHLB-Atlanta.FHLB.

Overall, net cash provided fromused in financing activities decreased $37,212,000 (59.3%$90,521,000 (108.1%) to $25,521,000$6,775,000 during 20022004 from the previous year’s totalnet cash provided by of $62,733,000.$83,746,000. Net cash provided by operating activities increased $14,642,000 (387.46%$4,507,000 (57.0%) to $10,863,000$12,413,000 during 2004 from net cash usedprovided of $3,779,000$7,906,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002.2003. Cash used in investing activities during 20022004 approximated $32,656,000.$5,545,000.

The Company depends mainly on dividends, management fees and lease payments from the Bank for its liquidity. The Company only receives cash dividends from the Bank if the cash flow from other sources is not sufficient to maintain a positive cash flow, also giving consideration to regulatory restrictions. Accordingly, the Bank paid the Company $1,712,000, $1,850,000,$2,237,000, $1,870,000, and $1,660,000$1,712,000 in cash dividends for 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002 respectively. The Company provides services to the Bank for which it is paid a management fee comparable to the fee an unaffiliated vendor would receive. In addition, the Bank leases premises and equipment from the Company for its operations. Leases between the Bank and the Company are based on the same terms and conditions as leases to unaffiliated parties leasing space in the same building. The Bank paid the Company $27,000 and $44,000 in management fees for the years ended December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively. The Bank also paid $188,000 and $204,000$188,000 in lease payments for the years ended December 31, 20022004 and 2001.2003, respectively. These funds were used to pay operating expenses and fund dividends to the Company’s shareholders. In addition, the Bank makes transfers to the Company, under its Tax Sharing Agreement, for payment of consolidated tax obligations. The Tax Sharing Agreement calls for the allocation of the consolidated tax liability or benefit between the Company and each subsidiary based on their individual tax positions as if each entity filed a separate tax return.

The Bank has reducedincreased its loan to deposit ratio to 65.88%60.31% at December 31, 20022004 from 73.53%59.23% at December 31, 2001 and 83.17% at December 31, 2000.2003. The Bank has been monitoring its liquidity, and has sought to better price its loans consistent with its costs of funds and the Bank’s assessment of potential credit risk. This process has slowed and is expected to continue to slow the Bank’s loan growth and related loan revenues.


30


Interest Rate Sensitivity Management

An integral part of the funds management of the Company and the Bank is to maintain a reasonably balanced position between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Bank’s Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) is charged with the responsibility of managing, to the degree prudently possible, its exposure to “interest rate risk,” while attempting to provide earnings enhancement opportunities. The dollar difference between rate sensitive assets and liabilities for a given period of time is referred to as the rate sensitive gap (“GAP”). A GAP ratio is calculated by dividing rate sensitive assets by rate sensitive liabilities. Due to the nature of the Bank’s balance sheet structure and the market approach to pricing of liabilities, management and the Board of Directors recognize that achieving a perfectly matched GAP position in any given time frame would be extremely rare. ALCO has determined that an acceptable level of interest rate risk would be for net interest income to fluctuate no more than 5.0%10.0% given a change in selected interest rates of up or down 200 basis points over any 12-month period. Using an increase of 200 basis points and a decrease of 200 basis points, at December 31, 2002,2004, the Bank’s net interest income would decreaseincrease approximately 0.63%0.62% in a rising rate environment and would decrease approximately 2.42%7.83% in a falling rate environment. Interest rate scenario models are prepared using software created and licensed by The Bankers Bank.

For purposes of measuring interest rate sensitivity, Company management provides growth assumptions to incorporate over the 12-month period. Although demand and savings accounts are subject to immediate withdrawal, all passbook savings and regular NOW accounts are reflected in the model as repricing based on The Bankers Bank model standards. For repricing GAP, these accounts are repricing immediately.

Certificates of deposit are spread according to their contractual maturity. Investment securities and loans reflect either the contractual maturity, call date, repricing date or in the case of mortgage relatedmortgage-related products, a market prepayment assumption.

   Interest Sensitivity Analysis

December 31, 2004


  Immediate

  

One to

Three
Months


  

Four to

Twelve
Months


  

One to

Five
Years


  

Over Five

Years and

Non-rate
Sensitive


  Total

   (In thousands)

Earning Assets:

                   

Loans

  $—    121,311  28,289  96,033  13,310  258,943

Taxable investment securities

   —    21,448  29,849  128,727  59,786  239,810

Tax-exempt investment securities

   —    171  61  7,557  34,600  42,389

Federal funds sold

   17,394  —    —    —    —    17,394

Interest earning deposits with other banks

   705  —    —    —    —    705
   

  

 

 
  
  

Total earning assets

   18,099  142,930  58,199  232,317  107,696  559,241
   

  

 

 
  
  

Interest bearing liabilities:

                   

NOW

   —    49,401  15,537  —    —    64,938

Savings and money market

   —    80,191  36,448  —    —    116,639

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

   —    20,792  27,283  39,110  —    87,185

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

   —    19,516  37,728  33,029  4,940  95,213

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   7,613  —    —    —    —    7,613

FHLB and other borrowings

   —    —    —    40,000  58,224  98,224
   

  

 

 
  
  

Total interest bearing liabilities

   7,613  169,900  116,996  112,139  63,164  469,812
   

  

 

 
  
  

Interest sensitivity gap

   10,486  (26,970) (58,797) 120,178  44,532  89,429
   

  

 

 
  
  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

  $10,486  (16,484) (75,281) 44,897  89,429   
   

  

 

 
  
   

 

 

 

Interest Sensitivity Analysis

 

 

 


 

December 31, 2002

 

Immediate

 

One to
Three
Months

 

Four to
Twelve
Months

 

One to
Five
Years

 

Over Five
Years and
Non-rate
Sensitive

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

 

89,364

 

21,475

 

130,216

 

19,305

 

260,360

 

Taxable investment securities

 

817

 

34,074

 

77,121

 

60,851

 

14,323

 

187,186

 

Tax-exempt investment securities

 

 

114

 

390

 

592

 

2,637

 

3,733

 

Federal funds sold

 

17,832

 

 

 

 

 

17,832

 

Interest earning deposits with other banks

 

598

 

 

 

 

 

598

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Total earning assets

 

19,247

 

123,552

 

98,986

 

191,659

 

36,265

 

469,709

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

5,215

 

12,618

 

27,929

 

7,457

 

53,219

 

Savings and money market

 

 

156,072

 

 

 

 

156,072

 

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

 

 

31,835

 

28,674

 

29,239

 

 

89,748

 

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

 

 

36,161

 

21,947

 

38,044

 

 

96,152

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

11,989

 

 

 

 

 

11,989

 

FHLB and other borrowings

 

 

18,036

 

10,029

 

20,203

 

5,168

 

53,436

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

11,989

 

247,319

 

73,268

 

115,415

 

12,625

 

460,616

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest sensitivity gap

 

7,258

 

(123,767

)

25,718

 

76,244

 

23,640

 

9,093

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

 

$

7,258

 

 

(116,509

)

 

(90,791

)

 

(14,547

)

 

9,093

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 



31


The interest sensitive assets at December 31, 2002,2004, that reprice or mature within 12 months were $241,785,000$219,228,000 while the interest sensitive liabilities that reprice or mature within the same time frame were $332,576,000.$294,509,000. At December 31, 2002,2004, the 12 month cumulative GAP position was a negative $90,791,000$75,281,000 resulting in a GAP ratio of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities of 0.73.0.74%. This negative GAP indicates that the Company has more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets that reprice within the GAP period. The Bank’s ALCO Committee realizes that GAP is limited in scope since it does not capture all the options of repricing opportunities in the balance sheet. Therefore, the ALCO Committee places its emphasis on Income at Risk and Economic Value of Equity measurements.

The Bank enters into interest rate protection contracts to help manage its interest rate exposure. These contracts include interest rate swaps, caps and floors. Interest rate swap transactions involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations based on the underlying notional principal amounts. Interest rate caps and floors are purchased by the Bank for a non-refundable fixed amount. The Bank receives interest based on the underlying notional principal amount if the specified index rises above the cap rate or falls below the floor strike rate. Notional principal amounts are used to express the volume of these transactions, but because they are never exchanged, the amounts subject to credit risk are much smaller. Risks associated with interest rate contracts include interest rate risk and creditworthiness of the counterparty. These risks are considered in the Bank’s overall asset liability management program. The Bank utilizes periodic financial statements issued by the counterparty to analyze the creditworthiness of the counterparty prior to entering into a contract and to monitor changes in the financial condition of the counterparty throughout the term of the contract. Current contracts are issued by a securities broker-dealer and were entered into with the purpose of managing the Bank’s interest rate exposure. Although none of the interest rate protection agreements are traded on any organized exchange, an active secondary market is available to the Company for such contracts.

The Bank’s Asset Liability Management Policy states that establishing limits on interest rate swaps, caps, and floors can be somewhat confusing or misleading since the notional amount by which these instruments are expressed is never exchanged between counterparties and therefore is not “at risk.” Furthermore, since they represent tools used by ALCO to manage imbalances in the Bank’s balance sheet in a prudent and cost effective manner, the appropriate volume of swaps for the Bank is not static; it changes with elements such as the economic environment, the capital position, and the ability to efficiently replicate hedging actions in the cash markets. The Bank endeavors to limit outstanding notional value of cash contracts executed for purposes of managing net interest income to 25% of total assets as reported in the most recent quarterly call report. Notional value of cash contracts executed with one counterparty are limited to 10% of total assets as reported in the Bank’s most recent quarterly call report.

On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (Statement 133), which resulted in a $142,000 net of tax cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

As of December 31, 2002,2004, the Company had a cash flow hedge with a notional amount of $10 million for the following derivative instrument:

 

 

Notional
Amount

 

Carrying
Value

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Weighted
Average Rate (1)

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
(Years)

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received

 

Paid

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value hedge: receive fixed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over one year through five years

 

$

5,000

 

$

262

 

$

262

 

5.68

%

1.91

%

1.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


______________

(1)purpose of converting the interest payments on floating rate money market accounts to a fixed rate. The weighted average rates received/paid are shown onlyCompany will start exchanging payments in March 2005 for swaps for which net interest amounts were receivable or payable at the end of each period. Interest rates on variable rate derivative products held by the Bank are derived from the 3 month LIBOR rate.

At December 31, 2002, the $5.0 millionthis interest rate swap was used as a fair value hedge to convert the interest rate on a like amount of certificates of deposit with similar terms from fixed to variable rates. The fair value of this derivative financial instrument is based on dealer quotes and third party financial models. See “RESULTS OF OPERATIONS NET INTEREST INCOME.”


32


Three otherthe three month Treasury bill investment rate. As of December 31, 2004, the Company recorded a liability of $216,000 for this swap. This interest rate swap contracts which had been used as fair value hedges of variable rate certificates of deposits with the total notional value of $20.0 million were terminated during 2001.will mature in July 2007. There was no significant gain or loss resultingnot any material hedge ineffectiveness from these terminations. In February 2000,this cash flow hedge recognized in the Bank entered into an interest rate swap with respect to $10.0 million in variable rate loans. This agreement allows the Bank to receive fixed-interest payments at 9.80% per annum and to pay a variable rate equal to prime. The purpose of this contract was to reduce interest rate exposure to variable rate assets in a low-interest rate environment. During 2001, the Bank recorded a gain of $199,000 due to the change in fair value of this interest rate swap. This contract, which was not specifically designated as a hedging instrument, was terminated in 2001 for an additional gain of $34,000.income statement.

Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices

Inflation generally increases the costs of funds and operating overhead, and to the extent loans and other assets bear variable rates, the yields on such assets. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than the effects of general levels of inflation. In addition, inflation affects financial institutions’ cost of goods and services purchased, the cost of salaries and benefits, occupancy expense and similar items. Inflation and related increases in interest rates generally decrease the market value of investments and loans held and may adversely affect liquidity, earnings, and stockholders’ equity. Mortgage originations and refinancings tend to slow as interest rates increase, and such increases likely will reduce the Company’s volume of such activities and the income from the sale of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market.

RecentPending Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2001,March 2004, the FinancialSEC issued Staff Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFASBulletin No. 141, “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments. SFAS No. 141” Current accounting guidance requires the commitment to originate mortgage loans to be held for sale be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value from inception through expiration or funding. SAB 105 requires that the purchase method of accounting be usedfair-value measurement include only differences between the guaranteed interest rate in the loan commitment and a market interest rate, excluding any expected future cash flows related to the customer relationship or loan servicing. SAB 105 was effective for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 141 also specifies criteria that intangible assets acquired in a business combination must meetcommitments to originate mortgage loans to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead testedheld for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with finite lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives.

The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141 effective July 1, 2001, and adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002. As the Company has no goodwill or significant identifiable intangibles as of January 1, 2002, thesale entered into after March 31, 2004. Its adoption of SFAS No. 142 did not have ana material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial positionbalance sheets or resultsstatement of operations.earnings.

In June 2001,March 2004, the FASB issued SFASFinancial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 143, “Accounting03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” EITF 03-1 provides guidance for Asset Retirement Obligations”. SFAS No. 143 requires entities to recorddetermining when an investment is considered impaired, whether impairment is other-than-temporary, and measurement of an impairment loss. An investment is considered impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. Generally, an impairment is considered other-than-temporary unless: (i) the investor has the ability and intent to hold an investment for a liabilityreasonable period of time sufficient for an asset retirement obligationanticipated recovery of fair value up to (or beyond) the cost of the investment; and (ii) evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, then an impairment loss should be recognized equal to the difference between the investment’s cost and its fair value. Certain disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 were adopted in 2003 and the periodCompany began presenting the new disclosure requirements in which it is incurred. SFAS No. 143 applies to legal obligations associated withits consolidated financial statements for the retirement of long–lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and/or the normal operation of a long–lived asset, except for certain lease obligations. SFAS No. 143 isyear ended December 31, 2003. The recognition and measurement provisions were initially effective for financial statements issued for fiscal yearsother-than-temporary impairment evaluations in reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2002. The adoption2004. However, in September 2004, the effective date of SFAS No. 143 did not have a material effect onthese provisions was delayed until the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long–Lived Assets”. SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long–lived assets. SFAS No. 144 supersedes SFAS No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long–Lived Assets and for Long–Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of”, and the accounting and reporting provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposalfinalization of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions”, for the disposal of a segment of a business (as previously defined in that opinion). This statement also amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”,FASB Staff Position (FSP) to eliminate the exception to consolidation for a subsidiary for which controlprovide additional implementation guidance. Its adoption is likely to be temporary.

SFAS No. 144 improves financial reporting by requiring that one accounting model be used for long–lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and by broadening the presentation of discontinued


33


operations to include more disposal transactions. SFAS No. 144 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13”, and “Technical Corrections”, in April 2002. SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt”, SFAS No. 44, “Accounting for Intangible Assets of Motor Carriers”, and SFAS No. 64, “Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking–Fund Requirements”. These rescissions eliminate the requirement to report gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect, and are effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. This statement also amends SFAS 13, “Accounting for Leases”, and requires that capital leases that are modified so that the resulting lease agreement is classified as an operating lease be accounted for as a sale–leaseback. This amendment is effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. Finally, this statement amends several pronouncements to make technical corrections to existing authoritative pronouncements. The adoption of SFAS No. 145 did not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”, in July 2002. SFAS No. 146 requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. SFAS No. 146 is effective prospectively for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Management does not expect this statementexpected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.balance sheets or statement of earnings for the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions

Statement of Position 03-03, “Accounting for Certain Financial Institutions”,Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in October 2002. SFAS No. 147 removesa Transfer” (SOP 03-03) addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in loans or debt securities loans) acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. It includes loans acquired in purchase business combinations and applies to all nongovernmental entities, including not-for-profit organizations. SOP 03-03 does not apply to loans originated by the entity. SOP 03-03 is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. Early adoption is encouraged. Specific transition guidance applies to certain acquisitions of financial institutions (other than transactions between two or more mutual enterprises) fromloans that currently are within the scope of SFAS No. 72, Accounting forPractice Bulletin 6, “Amortization of Discounts on Certain Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions and FASB Interpretation 9, “Applying APB Opinions 16 and 17 When a Savings and Loan or a Similar Institution Is Acquired in a Business Combination Accounted for by the Purchase Method”Loans. These types of transactions are now accounted for under SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142. In addition, this statement amends SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long–Lived Assets”, to include in its scope long–term customer relationship intangible assets of financial institutions. The provisions of this statement were effective October 1, 2002, with earlierIts adoption permitted. SFAS No. 147 didis not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock–Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” in December 2002. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock–based compensation. In addition, this statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock–based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. Finally, this statement amends APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting”, to require disclosure about those effects in interim financial information. This statement is effective for fiscal and interim periods ending after December 15, 2002.

The FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” in November 2002. FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applied prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of these recognition provisions will result in recording liabilities associated with certain guarantees provided by the Company. These currently include standby letters of credit. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. Management does not expect FIN 45expected to have a material impact on the financial conditionconsolidated balance sheets or resultsstatement of operations ofearnings for the Company.

The

In December 2004, the FASB issued FIN 46, “ConsolidationStatement of Variable Interest Entities”Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”), which revised SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”. This statement supercedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using APB 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in January 2003, which clarifies the applicationconsolidated statement of Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, to certain entities (called variable interest entities) in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.income. The disclosure requirements of FIN 46 arerevised statement is effective for all financial statements issued after January 31, 2003.


34


The consolidation requirements apply to all variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. In addition, public companies must apply the consolidation requirements to variable interest entities that existed prior to February 1, 2003 and remain in existence as of the beginning of annual orfirst interim periodsperiod beginning after June 15, 2003. Management2005. Its adoption is currently assessing the impact of FIN 46, and does not expect itexpected to have a material impact on the financial conditionconsolidated balance sheets or resultsstatement of operations ofearnings for the Company.

Results of Operations

Net Earnings

Net earnings increased $477,000 (10.4%$1,091,000 (20.1%) to $5,055,000$6,510,000 during 20022004 from $4,578,000$5,419,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001.2003. Basic income per share was $1.30$1.68 and $1.17$1.39 for 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively, an increase of 11.1%20.9%. Comparatively, net earnings during 20012003 increased $1,564,000 (51.9%$364,000 (7.2%) to $4,578,000$5,419,000 from the 20002002 total of $3,014,000,$5,055,000, while basic income per share increased of $0.40$0.09 per share for 20012003 from a 20002002 per share total of $0.77.$1.30.

The increase in net earnings for 20022004 is attributable to higheran increase in net interest income, noninterest income and lowera decrease in provision for loan losses offset by a decrease in noninterest income and an increase in noninterest expense. The increase in net earnings for 20012003 is attributable to higheran increase in noninterest income and a decrease in provision for loan losses offset by a decrease in net interest income and noninterest income offset by higher provisions for loan losses andan increase in noninterest expense. In addition, net income for first quarter 2001 was significantly impacted by a $1,548,000 gain recorded upon the sale of the Star Systems, Inc. ATM network in which the Company received ownership in a publicly traded entity whose shares were issued to the Company in exchange for its ownership interest in Star Systems, Inc. network.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the difference between the interest the Company earns on its loans, investment securities and other earning assets and the interest cost of its deposits, borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities. This is the primary component of the Company’s earnings. Net interest income was $14,570,000$14,669,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002.2004. This increase of $725,000 (5.2%$1,151,000 (8.5%) over 20012003 is due to thean increase in average interest earning assets during 2002 offset by a decrease in the net yield on total interest earning assets of 185 basis points to 3.25%2.76%.

Net interest income was $13,518,000 for 2001 was $13,845,000, $1,261,000 (10.0%the year ended December 31, 2003. This decrease of $1,052,000 (7.2%) higher than 2000 net interest income of $12,584,000. This increase over 2000 was2002 is due to the increase in average interest earning assets during 2001 and an increasedecrease in the net yield on total interest earning assets of 244 basis points to 3.43%.2.81% offset by an increase in average interest earning assets during 2003.

The Company uses interest rate protection contracts, primarily interest rate swaps, caps and floors, to protect the yields on earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Such contracts act as hedges against unfavorable rate changes. The income and expense associated with interest rate swaps, caps and floors are ultimately reflected as adjustments to the net interest income or expense of the underlying assets or liabilities. The effect of such interest rate protection contracts resulted in a net increase in net interest income of $65,000, $220,000 and $188,000 for 2004, 2003, and 2002, a net increase of $219,000 for 2001 and a net decrease of $18,000 for 2000.respectively. It is the intention of the Company to continue to utilize interest rate protection contracts to manage exposure to certain future changes in interest rate environments. However, there can be no assurance that such transactions will positively affect earnings. See “— INTERESTRATESENSITIVITYMANAGEMENT the “CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCES, theCONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCES,INTERESTINCOME/EXPENSE EXPENSEANDYIELDS/RATES” table appearing elsewhere herein and the “RATE/VOLUMEVARIANCEANALYSIStables immediately following.


35


Rate/Volume Variance Analysis

 

 

 

Change Due to

 

 

 


 

Taxable-Equivalent Basis (1)(2)
Years Ended December 31,
2002 Compared to 2001

 

Net
Change

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

Rate/
Volume

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

(2,958

)

(3,228

)

318

 

(48

)

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

1,137

 

(1,288

)

2,910

 

(485

)

Tax-exempt

 

122

 

(1

)

124

 

(1

)

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total investment securities

 

1,259

 

(1,289

)

3,034

 

(486

)

Federal funds sold

 

(316

)

(274

)

(87

)

45

 

Interest earning deposits with other banks

 

(73

)

(53

)

(40

)

20

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total earning assets

 

$

(2,088

)

(4,844

)

3,225

 

(469

)

 

 



 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

$

(51

)

(381

)

490

 

(160

)

Savings and money market

 

(774

)

(1,046

)

448

 

(176

)

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

 

(1,324

)

(1,481

)

221

 

(64

)

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

 

(789

)

(1,074

)

383

 

(98

)

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total interest bearing deposits

 

(2,938

)

(3,982

)

1,542

 

(498

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(64

)

(65

)

2

 

(1

)

Other borrowed funds

 

146

 

(24

)

171

 

(1

)

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

$

(2,856

)

(4,071

)

1,715

 

(500

)

 

 



 


 


 


 


_____________

Taxable-Equivalent Basis (1)(2)

Years Ended December 31,

2004 Compared to 2003


  Change Due to

 
  Net
Change


  Rate

  Volume

  

Rate/

Volume


 
   (In thousands) 

Earning Assets:

              

Loans

  $(492) (875) 405  (22)

Investment securities:

              

Taxable

   1,596  103  1,474  19 

Tax-exempt

   1,672  (16) 1,749  (61)
   


 

 

 

Total investment securities

   3,268  87  3,223  (42)

Federal funds sold

   26  17  8  1 

Interest earning deposits with other banks

   3  1  2  —   
   


 

 

 

Total earning assets

  $2,805  (770) 3,638  (63)
   


 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

              

Deposits:

              

NOWs

  $(95) (107) 13  (1)

Savings and money market

   267  (119) 420  (34)

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

   (120) (119) (1) —   

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

   (475) (376) (113) 14 
   


 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

   (423) (721) 319  (21)

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (16) 4  (18) (2)

Other borrowed funds

   1,525  (334) 2,108  (249)
   


 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

  $1,086  (1,051) 2,409  (272)
   


 

 

 


(1)For analytical purposes, income for tax-exempt assets, primarily securities issued by state and local governments or authorities, is adjusted by an increment which equates tax-exempt income to interest from taxable assets (assuming a 34% effective federal income tax rate).
(2)The change in interest due to rate is calculated by multiplying the previous volume by the rate change and the change in interest due to volume is calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the previous rate. Changes attributable to both changes in rate and volume are calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the change in rate.

(1)For analytical purposes, income for tax-exempt assets, primarily securities issued by state and local governments or authorities, is adjusted by an increment which equates tax-exempt income to interest from taxable assets (assuming a 34% effective federal income tax rate).

(2)The change in interest due to rate is calculated by multiplying the previous volume by the rate change and the change in interest due to volume is calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the previous rate. Changes attributable to both changes in rate and volume are calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the change in rate.


36


Rate/Volume Variance Analysis

 

 

Change Due to

 

 


 

Taxable-Equivalent Basis (1)(2)
Years Ended December 31,
2001 Compared to 2000

 

Net
Change

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

Rate/
Volume

 


 


 


 


 


 

Taxable-Equivalent Basis (1)(2)

Years Ended December 31,

2003 Compared to 2002


  Change Due to

 
Net
Change


 Rate

 Volume

 

Rate/

Volume


 

 

(In thousands)

 

  (In thousands) 

Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Loans

 

$

(1,289

)

(1,567

)

299

 

(21

)

  $(2,161) (1,369) (855) 63 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Taxable

 

908

 

(537

)

1,568

 

(123

)

   (647) (2,566) 2,700  (781)

Tax-exempt

 

54

 

(2

)

58

 

(2

)

   215  (14) 242  (13)

 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

962

 

(539

)

1,626

 

(125

)

   (432) (2,580) 2,942  (794)

Federal funds sold

 

35

 

(225

)

476

 

(216

)

   (122) (64) (83) 25 

Interest earning deposits with other banks

 

(35

)

(64

)

52

 

(23

)

   (24) (15) (16) 7 

 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

Total earning assets

 

$

(327

)

(2,395

)

2,453

 

(385

)

  $(2,739) (4,028) 1,988  (699)

 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Demand

 

$

7

 

(253

)

332

 

(72

)

NOWs

  $(155) (298) 195  (52)

Savings and money market

 

(1,310

)

(1,240

)

(102

)

32

 

   (428) (451) 30  (7)

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

 

(74

)

(482

)

450

 

(42

)

   (725) (688) (45) 8 

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

 

(361

)

(670

)

362

 

(53

)

   (317) (457) 162  (22)

 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

 

(1,738

)

(2,645

)

1,042

 

(135

)

   (1,625) (1,894) 342  (73)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(196

)

(119

)

(124

)

47

 

   (5) (16) 16  (5)

Other borrowed funds

 

329

 

(4

)

334

 

(1

)

   (129) (400) 314  (43)

 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

$

(1,605

)

(2,768

)

1,252

 

(89

)

  $(1,759) (2,310) 672  (121)

 


 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 


(1)For analytical purposes, income for tax-exempt assets, primarily securities issued by state and local governments or authorities, is adjusted by an increment which equates tax-exempt income to interest from taxable assets (assuming a 34% effective federal income tax rate).
(2)The change in interest due to rate is calculated by multiplying the previous volume by the rate change and the change in interest due to volume is calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the previous rate. Changes attributable to both changes in rate and volume are calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the change in rate.

_____________

(1)For analytical purposes, income for tax-exempt assets, primarily securities issued by state and local governments or authorities, is adjusted by an increment which equates tax-exempt income to interest from taxable assets (assuming a 34% effective federal income tax rate).

(2)The change in interest due to rate is calculated by multiplying the previous volume by the rate change and the change in interest due to volume is calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the previous rate. Changes attributable to both changes in rate and volume are calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the change in rate.

Interest Income

Interest income is a function of the volume of interest-earning assets and their related yields. Interest income was $27,752,000, $29,883,000,$27,177,000, $24,940,000, and $30,226,000$27,752,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, 2001,respectively. The increase in interest income during 2004 resulted primarily from an increase in the average volume outstanding of investment securities and 2000, respectively.an increase in the yields on investment securities. Average interest-earning assets increased $47,037,000 (11.6%$71,803,000 (14.8%) during 2002,2004, compared to $34,932,000 (9.5%an increase of $35,085,000 (7.8%) during 2001,2003, while the fully taxable equivalent yields on average earning assets decreased 12316 basis points in 20022004 after decreasing 79101 basis points in 2001.2003. The combination of these factors resulted in decreasesan increase in interest income of $2,131,000 (7.1%$2,237,000 (9.0%) for 20022004 and $343,000 (1.1%a decrease of $2,812,000 (10.1%) during 2001.2003. See “—CONSOLIDATEDAVERAGEBALANCES,INTERESTINCOME/EXPENSEANDYIELDS/RATESand THE“R THE “RATE/VOLUMEVARIANCEANALYSIStables.

Loans are the main component of the Bank’s earning assets. Interest and fees on loans were $18,460,000, $21,418,000,$15,807,000, $16,299,000, and $22,707,000$18,460,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000,2002, respectively. These levels reflected a decrease of


37


$2,958,000 (13.8% $492,000 (3.0%) during 2002,2004, and a decrease of $1,289,000 (5.7%$2,161,000 (11.7%) during 2001. This2003. The decrease in 2004 is due to a decrease in the fully taxable equivalent yield on loans offset by increasesan increase in the average volume outstanding on loans. The

decrease in 2003 is due to a decrease in the fully taxable equivalent yield on loans and a decrease in the average volume outstanding on loans. The level of average balances has grownincreased to $262,800,000 in 2004 from $256,431,000 in 2003 and $268,878,000 in 2002 from $264,948,000 in 2001 and $261,499,000 for 2000.2002. The fully taxable equivalent yield on loans decreased 12135 basis points to 6.87%6.01% in 2002,2004, and decreased 6051 basis points to 8.08%6.36% in 20012003 from the 20002002 average yield of 8.68%6.87%.

Interest income on investment securities increased $1,217,000 (15.5%$2,701,000 (31.6%) to $11,240,000 in 2004, following a decrease of $505,000 (5.6%) to $8,539,000 in 2003 from $9,044,000 in 2002, following an increase of $944,000 (13.7%) to $7,827,000 in 2001 from $6,883,000 in 2000.2002. The 20022004 increase was due to a $46,606,000$64,587,000 increase in average volume outstanding offset byand an increase in yield of 26 basis points compared to 2003 levels. The 2003 decrease was due to a decrease in yield of 105151 basis points compared to 2001 levels. The 2001 increase was due tooffset by a $23,071,000$53,358,000 increase in average volume outstanding offset by a decrease in yield of 55 basis points compared to 20002002 levels. The fully taxable equivalent yields on investment securities were 4.19% in 2004, 3.93% in 2003, and 5.44% in 2002, 6.49% in 2001, and 7.04% in 2000.2002. See “FINANCIALCONDITION—INVESTMENTSECURITIES.

Interest Expense

Total interest expense was $13,181,000, $16,038,000$12,508,000, $11,422,000 and $17,642,000$13,181,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002 respectively, representing decreasesan increase of $2,857,000 (17.8%), during 2002 and $1,604,000 (9.1%$1,086,000 (9.5%) during 2001.2004 and a decrease of $1,759,000 (13.3%) during 2003. Total average balances outstanding of interest-bearing liabilities have continued an upward trend over the last three years to $482,121,000 in 2004 from $415,761,000 in 2003 and $393,036,000 in 2002 from $346,401,000 in 2001 and $321,432,000 in 2000.2002. The rates paid on these liabilities decreased 12816 basis points in 20022004 to 3.35%2.59% after decreasing 8660 basis points to 4.63%2.75% during 20012003 from 5.49%3.35% in 2000.2002.

Interest on deposits, the primary component of total interest expense, decreased $2,938,000$423,000 to $10,173,000 (22.4%$8,125,000 (4.9%) during 20022004 from $13,111,000$8,548,000 in 2001,2003, which in turn represents a $1,738,000 (11.7%$1,625,000 (16.0%) decrease from the 20002002 level of $14,849,000.$10,173,000. The average balance outstanding of interest-bearing deposits has increased steadily to the 20022004 level of $336,228,000$376,144,000 as compared to $292,740,000$352,281,000 in 20012003 and $271,641,000$336,228,000 in 2000.2002. The average rates paid on interest-bearing deposits were 3.03%2.16%, 4.48%2.43%, and 5.47%3.03% for 2004, 2003, and 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

Interest expense on borrowed funds was $4,352,000 in 2004, $2,826,000 in 2003, and $2,955,000 in 2002, $2,809,000 in 2001, and $2,480,000 in 2000.2002. These levels represent an increase of $146,000 (5.2%$1,526,000 (54.0%) during 2002,2004, and an increasea decrease of $329,000 (13.3%$129,000 (4.4%) during 2001.2003. The 20022004 increase is due to additional FHLB advances as part of a full year of interest expense in 2002 for a $5 million advance drawn in August 2001.leverage transaction. The 2001 increase2003 decrease is due to an increasethe refinancing of $10 million in FHLB advances of $4,882,000.to a lower interest rate in April 2003.

Provision for Loan Losses

During 2002,2004, the Company made a total provision for loan losses of $1,680,000$600,000 based on management’s reviews and assessments of the risks in the loan portfolio, the amount of the loan portfolio and historical loan loss trends, and an evaluation of certain significant problem loans. During 20012003 and 2000,2002, the Company made total provisions for loan losses of $3,555,000$675,000 and $2,622,000,$1,680,000, respectively. The decrease in 2002 is2004 and 2003 are due to reduced loan growth and less deterioration in certain loans thanimproved performance in the same period last year. In 2001, this provision was taken primarily as a result of a deterioration in certain loans determined by recent analyses and loan reviews. In addition in 2001, the level of monthly provision increased due to loan growth.portfolio. See “FINANCIALCONDITIONALLOWANCEFORLOANLOSSESANDRISKELEMENTS.”

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased $478,000 (7.9%increased $142,000 (2.1%) to $5,568,000$6,915,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002,2004, from the 20012003 total of $6,046,000,$6,773,000, which in turn represented an increase of $2,127,000 (54.3%$1,381,000 (25.6%) from the total of $3,919,000$5,392,000 for 2000.2002.

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $76,000 (5.2%$7,000 (0.5%) during 20022004 to $1,398,000$1,490,000 and increased $77,000 (5.5%$99,000 (7.1%) in 20012003 to $1,474,000$1,497,000 from $1,397,000.$1,398,000 in 2002. Service charge income remained fairly stable in 2004 compared to 2003. The decreaseincrease in 20022003 is due to a decreasean overall increase in insufficient funds and overdraftservice charges due tooffset slightly by a decrease in the number of items. The increase in 2001 is primarily due to increases in insufficient funds and overdraft charges mainly due to an increase in the number of items.charges.

Net gains from investment securities decreased $1,033,000 (67.7%$262,000 (26.3%) to $493,000$733,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002,2004, from the 20012003 total of $1,526,000. This$995,000. The decrease is primarily due to a gain of $1,548,000the gains in the firstsecond quarter 2001 resulting fromof 2003 on the purchasesale of specific available for sale securities. In 2004, the Company’sinvestment securities gains are primarily due to the sale of a privately held investment in Star Systems, Inc.’s common stock by Concord EFS, Inc. In thisthe fourth quarter of 2004.


38


transaction, the Company received common shares of Concord EFS, Inc., which is publicly traded, in exchange for its ownership in Star Systems, Inc.

Other noninterest income increased $630,000 (20.7%$411,000 (9.6%) to $3,677,000$4,692,000 in 20022004 from $3,047,000$4,281,000 in 2001.2003. Comparatively, the 20012003 total represented an increase of $584,000 (23.7%$780,000 (22.3%) from $2,463,000$3,501,000 in 2000.2002. The increase in 20022004 was primarily due to an increase of $317,000$271,000 in MasterCard/VISA discounts and fees mainly due to Auburn University’s acceptance of MasterCard/VISA for tuition, an increase in transaction volume and fees, $73,000 in servicing fees and $132,000 in dividends from stock in other companies. These increases were offset by a decrease of $400,000 in$336,000 on the cash surrender value of life insurance, and an increase of $142,000 in the gaingains on the sale of mortgage loans. There were no derivative related gains in 2002. The increase in 20012003 was primarily due to an increase of $238,000 in the fair value of derivatives since the implementation of SFAS No. 133, an increase of $189,000$421,000 in MasterCard/VISA discounts and fees (as mentioned above),due to an increase of $105,000 in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurancetransaction volume and an increase of $152,000fees and $319,000 in the gaingains on the sale of mortgage loans. See “ITEM“-ITEM 1 – BUSINESS - SERVICES.BUSINESS SERVICES.

Noninterest Expense

Total noninterest expense was $11,319,000$12,125,000 for 2002, $10,019,0002004, $11,914,000 for 2001,2003, and $9,434,000$11,143,000 for 20002002 reflecting an increase of $1,300,000 (13.0%$211,000 (1.8%) for 2002,2004, and an increase of $585,000 (6.2%$771,000 (6.9%) for 2001.2003.

Salaries and benefits increased $414,000 (9.8%$636,000 (13.4%) to $4,629,000$5,387,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002,2004, and increased $237,000 (6.0%$109,000 (2.3%) to $4,215,000$4,751,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001,2003, from the 20002002 total of $3,978,000.$4,642,000. At December 31, 2002,2004, the Company had 123135 full-time equivalent employees, an increase of 32 over the level at December 31, 2001.2003. At December 31, 2001,2003, the Company had 120133 full-time equivalent employees, an increase of 110 over the level at December 31, 2000.2002. The increases for 20022004 and 20012003 were primarily due to new hires, merit raises and the cost of benefits associated with such increases as well as an increase in the employee incentive plan payouts for 2001.increases.

Net occupancy expense was $1,234,000, $1,251,000, and $1,229,000 $1,095,000,for 2004, 2003 and $1,110,000 for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, representing a decrease of $17,000 (1.4%) in 2004 and an increase of $134,000 (12.2%$22,000 (1.8%) in 2002 and a decrease of $15,000 (1.4%) in 20012003 over the previous year’s levels. The 2002 increase is mainly due to an increase in computer lease payments. The 20012004 decrease is due to a decrease in depreciation on furniture and equipment depreciation, computer hardware maintenance and technology lease payments. These decreases are offset by an increase in furniture and equipment service contracts and building lease payments. The 2003 increase is mainly due to a slight increase in computer hardware maintenance offset by a decrease in computer lease payments.

Other noninterest expense was $5,461,000$5,504,000 for 2002, $4,708,0002004, $5,912,000 for 2001,2003, and $4,347,000$5,272,000 for 2000.2002. These levels represent an increasea decrease of $753,000 (16.0%$408,000 (6.9%) in 20022004 and an increase of $361,000 (8.3%$640,000 (12.1%) in 20012003 over the respective previous years. This 2004 decrease is mainly due to the early prepayment penalty paid in 2003 of $715,000 to refinance $10 million in FHLB advances. This decrease is offset by an increase of $296,000 in the MasterCard/VISA transaction volume mentioned above from the same period of 2003. The 20022003 increase is mainly due to the early prepayment penalty of $715,000 to refinance the $10 million in FHLB advances and increases of $360,000$299,000 in the expenses associated with Auburn University’s acceptance of MasterCard/VISA for tuitiontransaction volume mentioned above $68,000from the same period of 2002. The increase in marketingMasterCard/VISA expenses $72,000resulted from the increase in network communications, $59,000fees the Company paid to its merchant processor in expenses to maintain other real estate owned as well as losses on the sale of other real estate owned andconnection with an increase of $114,000 in the FDIC assessment. The 2001 increase is mainly due increases of $200,000 for the expenses associated with Auburn University’s acceptance of MasterCard/VISA for tuition mentioned above, an increase of $188,000 in marketing expenses and losses of $105,000 from demand accounts offset by a decrease of $190,000 in expenses associated with repossessed real estate and property.transactions. See “SUPERVISIONANDREGULATION-FDIC—FDICINSURANCEASSESSMENTS.”

Income Taxes

The Company’s income tax expense was $2,349,000, $2,283,000, and $2,085,000 $1,881,000,in 2004, 2003, and $1,432,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. These levels represent an effective tax rate on pre-tax earnings of 26.5% for 2004, 29.6% for 2003, and 29.2% for 2002, 29.8% for 2001, and 32.2% for 2000.2002. The effective tax rate has decreased due to benefitsthe purchase of tax credits related to a low income housing investment and bank owned life insurance.exempt securities as part of the leverage transaction when the Company’s subsidiary issued trust preferred securities in November 2003. Details of the tax provision for income taxes are included in Note 10,11, “Income Tax Expense” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk, with respect to the Company, is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and prices. The risk of loss can result in either lower fair market values or reduced net interest income. Although the Company manages other risk, such as credit and liquidity, management considers interest rate risk to be the more significant market risk and could potentially have the largest material effect on the Company’s financial condition. Further, the Company believes the


39


potential reduction of net interest income may be more significant than the effect of reduced fair market values. The Company does not maintain a trading portfolio, therefore it is not exposed to risk from trading activities. Nor does it deal in international instruments, therefore the Company is not exposed to foreign currency risk.

The Company’s interest rate risk management is the responsibility of the Asset/Liability Management Committee (ALCO)(“ALCO”). ALCO has established policies and limits to monitor, measure and coordinate the Company’s sources, uses and pricing of funds.

The Company manages the relationship of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities and the resulting effect on net interest income. The Company utilizes a simulation model to analyze net interest income sensitivity to movements in interest rates. The simulation model projects net interest income based on both a rise and fall in interest rates of 200 basis points over a twelve month period. The model is based on actual repricing dates of interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities. The model incorporates assumptions regarding the impact of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets. The assumptions are based on nationally published prepayment speeds on given assets when interest rates increase or decrease by 200 basis points or more.

Interest rate risk represents the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates. As interest rates change, the interest income and expense associated with the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities also change, thereby impacting net interest income, the primary component of the Company’s earnings. ALCO utilizes the results of the simulation model and the static GAPEconomic Value of Equity report to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to a sustained change in interest rates.

The Company makes use of interest rate contracts to protect its net interest income against changes in interest rates. At year-end, the Company had an interest rate swap agreement with a notional value of $5.0$10.0 million. This contract was negotiated to protect the Company’s balance sheet against a fall or rise in interest rates. The effect of this instrument is considered in the simulation models.

Currently the Company’s income exposure to changes in interest rates is relatively low. The Company measures this exposure based on a gradual increase or decrease in interest rates of 200 basis points. Given this scenario, the Company had, at year-end, a slight exposure to both rising rates and falling rates.

The following chart reflects the Company’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2002.2004. Numbers are based on the December balance sheet and assumesassume paydowns and maturities of both assets and liabilities are reinvested based on growth assumptions provided by the Company. The same growth and interest rate assumptions are used in the base, up 200 basis points, and down 200 basis points scenarios.

INTEREST RATE RISK

Income Sensitivity Summary:

Interest Rate Scenario (000)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

-200 BP

 

Base

 

+200 BP

 

 


 


 


 

  -200 BP

 Base

  +200 BP

 

Year 1 Net Interest Income

 

$   14,955

 

$    15,325

 

$ 15,229

 

  13,631  14,790  14,881 

$ Change Net Interest Income

 

$       (371

)

 

$       (96

)

  1,159  —    91 

% Change Net Interest Income

 

(2.42

)%

 

(0.63

)%

  (7.83)% — ��  0.62%

Policy Limit 5%10% for +/- 200 Basis Points (BP) over 12 months.

The preceding sensitivity analysis is a modeling analysis, which changes quarterly and consists of hypothetical estimates based upon numerous assumptions, including the interest rate levels, shape of the yield curve, prepayments on loans and securities, rates on loans and deposits, reinvestments of paydowns and maturities of loans, investments and deposits, and others. While assumptions are developed based on the current economic and market conditions, management cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions, including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change.


40


As market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will differ. Also, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that ALCO might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates. See “INTEREST SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS”the “INTEREST SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS table.

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See Financial Statements and Supplementary Data contained within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Director of Financial Operations (DFO), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and DFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the CEO and DFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the end of the period covered by this report.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS;COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACTREGISTRANT

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Informationheadings “Proposal One: Election of Directors—Information about Nominees for Directors” on Pages 2 through 4Directors and underExecutive Officers,” “Additional Information Concerning the headingCompany’s Board of Directors and Committees,” “Executive Officers” on Pages 5Officers - General” and 6“Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” in the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting to be held on May 13, 2003,10, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to the Company’s directors, officers and employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer, controller and other senior financial officers. Upon request, the Company will provide a copy of its Code of Conduct and Ethics, without charge, to any person. Written requests for a copy of the Company’s Code of Conduct may be sent to Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., 100 N. Gay Street, Auburn, Alabama 36830, Attention: Marla Kickliter, Vice President of Compliance and Internal Audit. Requests may also be made via telephone by contacting Marla Kickliter, Vice President of Compliance and Internal Audit, or Laura Carrington, Vice President of Human Resources, at (334) 821-9200.

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Meetingsheadings “Additional Information Concerning the Company’s Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors” on Pages 4Compensation,” “Executive Officers,” “Compensation Committee Report” and 5 and under the heading “Summary Compensation of Executive Officers” on Page 6 of“Performance Graph” in the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting to be held on May 13, 2003,10, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Informationheadings “Proposal One: Election of Directors—Information about Nominees for Directors” on Pages 2 through 4 ofDirectors and Executive Officers” and “Principal Shareholders” in the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting to be held on May 13, 2003,10, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

   Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights


  Weighted average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights


  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))


Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

  3,900  $12.81  —  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

  —     —    —  

Total

  3,900  $12.81  —  

The Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan expired on May 10, 2004. No new plans have been issued.

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Certain Transactions and Business Relationships on Page 10 ofRelationships” in the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting to be held on May 13, 2003,10, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.CONTROLS PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND PROCEDURES

(a)Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.SERVICES

The Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, based on their evaluation of

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Independent Public Accountants” in the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s disclosure controlsAnnual Meeting to be held on May 10, 2005, and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)) as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are adequate and effective for the purposes set forth in the Exchange Act rules.


41is incorporated herein by reference.


(b)Changes in internal controls.PART IV

There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect the Company’s internal controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation.

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)List of all Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements and report of independent certified public accountants of the Company are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001

Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(b)Reports on Form 8-K

None

(c)Exhibits

 

3.1.

(a)List of all Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements and report of independent registered public accounting firm of the Company are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003
Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(b)Exhibits
3.1.Certificate of Incorporation of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated June 20, 2002 (File No. 000-26486)).

3.2.

3.2.Bylaws of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration StatementAnnual Report on Form SB-210K, dated March 30, 2004 (File No. 33-86180)000-26486)).

10.

10.Material Contracts

10.1.

*10.1.Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 33-86180)).

10.2.

  10.2.Lease and Equipment Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 1987 (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 33-86180)).

21.1

*10.3.Summary Descriptions of Director and Executive Compensation
21.1Subsidiaries of Registrant

23.1

Consent of Accountants

23.1Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

99.1

31.1Certification signed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).
31.2Certification signed by the Director of Financial Operations pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).
32.1Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by E.L. Spencer, Jr., President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board.

99.2

32.2Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by C. Wayne Alderman, Director of Financial Operations.




*Indicates management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements

42

(c)Financial Statement Schedules


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 


43


Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three–year period ended December 31, 2002.2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditingthe standards generally accepted inof the United States of America.Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three–year period ended December 31, 20022004 in conformity with accounting principlesU.S. generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments in 2001.principles.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
Birmingham, Alabama

March 5, 200318, 2005



44


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 20022004 and 20012003

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

  2004

 2003

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

     

Cash and due from banks (note 2)

 

$

16,964,285

 

17,347,717

 

  $9,037,412  12,270,957 

Federal funds sold

 

17,832,000

 

13,721,000

 

   17,394,000  14,067,000 

 


 


 

  


 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

34,796,285

 

31,068,717

 

   26,431,412  26,337,957 

 


 


 

  


 

Interest-earning deposits with other banks

 

598,420

 

853,761

 

   705,296  265,729 

Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $8,079,503 and $16,779,116 for December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively) (note 3)

 

7,928,456

 

16,164,448

 

Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $822,290 and $1,276,720 for December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively) (note 3)

   808,607  1,237,764 

Investment securities available for sale (note 3)

 

182,989,794

 

135,309,766

 

   281,390,464  284,081,123 

Loans (notes 4 and 8)

 

260,359,870

 

271,833,945

 

Loans (notes 4)

   258,942,834  257,092,056 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

(5,104,165

)

(5,339,945

)

   (3,455,515) (4,312,554)

 


 


 

  


 

Loans, net

 

255,255,705

 

266,494,000

 

   255,487,319  252,779,502 

 


 


 

  


 

Premises and equipment, net (note 5)

 

3,154,942

 

3,212,157

 

   2,679,305  2,876,052 

Rental property, net

 

1,532,535

 

1,564,238

 

Rental property, net (note 6)

   1,330,180  1,427,285 

Other assets (note 3)

 

18,770,815

 

18,343,000

 

   22,328,726  21,109,501 

 


 


 

  


 

Total assets

 

$

505,026,952

 

473,010,087

 

  $591,161,309  590,114,913 

 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

     

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

53,218,881

 

48,543,405

 

  $65,363,613  60,507,145 

Interest-bearing (note 6)

 

341,972,483

 

321,124,109

 

Interest-bearing (note 7)

   363,975,157  373,534,995 

 


 


 

  


 

Total deposits

 

395,191,364

 

369,667,514

 

   429,338,770  434,042,140 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (note 7)

 

11,989,334

 

10,135,878

 

Other borrowed funds (note 8)

 

53,436,483

 

53,581,241

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (note 8)

   7,612,922  6,654,332 

Other borrowed funds (note 9)

   98,223,505  98,372,188 

Note payable to trust (note 10)

   7,217,000  7,217,000 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

4,827,347

 

3,791,521

 

   4,264,864  3,421,369 

 


 


 

  


 

Total liabilities

 

465,444,528

 

437,176,154

 

   546,657,061  549,707,029 

 


 


 

  


 

Stockholders’ equity (notes 14 and 15):

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (notes 16 and 17):

   

Preferred stock of $0.01 par value. Authorized 200,000 shares; issued shares – none

 

 

 

   —    —   

Common stock of $0.01 par value. Authorized 8,500,000 shares; issued 3,957,135 shares

 

39,571

 

39,571

 

   39,571  39,571 

Additional paid-in capital

 

3,708,443

 

3,707,472

 

   3,723,578  3,712,246 

Retained earnings

 

34,543,870

 

31,202,869

 

   42,669,061  38,092,829 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

1,842,099

 

1,436,880

 

Less treasury stock, at cost – 62,317 shares and 62,517 shares for December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively

 

(551,559

)

(552,859

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

   (361,109) (828,816)

Less treasury stock, at cost – 110,274 shares and 64,567 shares for December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

   (1,566,853) (607,946)

 


 


 

  


 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

39,582,424

 

35,833,933

 

   44,504,248  40,407,884 

Commitments and contingencies (note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (note 14)

   

 


 


 

  


 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

505,026,952

 

473,010,087

 

  $591,161,309  590,114,913 

 


 


 

  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


45


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

  2004

  2003

  2002

Interest and dividend income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Loans, including fees

 

$

18,459,669

 

21,418,386

 

22,706,698

 

  $15,806,642  16,299,018  18,459,669

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Taxable

 

8,872,169

 

7,734,690

 

6,826,786

 

   9,821,817  8,224,739  8,872,169

Tax-exempt

 

172,171

 

92,168

 

56,095

 

   1,417,907  313,880  172,171

Federal funds sold

 

213,999

 

529,936

 

494,556

 

   118,321  92,498  213,999

Interest-earning deposits with other banks

 

33,848

 

107,361

 

142,084

 

   12,634  10,002  33,848

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total interest and dividend income

 

27,751,856

 

29,882,541

 

30,226,219

 

   27,177,321  24,940,137  27,751,856

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Deposits (note 6)

 

10,173,324

 

13,111,375

 

14,848,586

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased (note 7)

 

53,192

 

117,199

 

313,039

 

Other borrowings (note 8)

 

2,954,947

 

2,809,166

 

2,480,476

 

Deposits (note 7)

   8,124,708  8,547,949  10,173,324

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased (note 8)

   32,032  47,901  53,192

Other borrowings (note 9)

   4,351,595  2,825,987  2,954,947

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total interest expense

 

13,181,463

 

16,037,740

 

17,642,101

 

   12,508,335  11,421,837  13,181,463

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Net interest income

 

14,570,393

 

13,844,801

 

12,584,118

 

   14,668,986  13,518,300  14,570,393

Provision for loan losses (note 4)

 

1,680,000

 

3,555,000

 

2,622,098

 

   600,000  675,000  1,680,000

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

12,890,393

 

10,289,801

 

9,962,020

 

Net interest income after provision For loan losses

   14,068,986  12,843,300  12,890,393

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

1,398,490

 

1,473,525

 

1,396,755

 

   1,489,612  1,496,680  1,398,490

Investment securities gains, net (note 3)

 

492,776

 

1,526,196

 

59,311

 

   733,428  994,699  492,776

Other (note 16)

 

3,676,968

 

3,046,684

 

2,462,598

 

Other (note 18)

   4,692,022  4,281,260  3,501,038

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total noninterest income

 

5,568,234

 

6,046,405

 

3,918,664

 

   6,915,062  6,772,639  5,392,304

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Salaries and benefits (note 11)

 

4,629,165

 

4,215,378

 

3,977,659

 

Salaries and benefits (note 13)

   5,386,800  4,751,166  4,642,133

Net occupancy expense

 

1,229,416

 

1,095,313

 

1,109,670

 

   1,234,234  1,251,128  1,229,416

Other (note 16)

 

5,460,738

 

4,708,071

 

4,347,062

 

Other (note 18)

   5,504,002  5,911,690  5,271,840

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Total noninterest expense

 

11,319,319

 

10,018,762

 

9,434,391

 

   12,125,036  11,913,984  11,143,389

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Earnings before income taxes

 

7,139,308

 

6,317,444

 

4,446,293

 

   8,859,012  7,701,955  7,139,308

Income tax expense (note 10)

 

2,084,653

 

1,880,899

 

1,432,279

 

 


 


 


 

Earnings before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

 

5,054,655

 

4,436,545

 

3,014,014

 

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax (note 1)

 

 

141,677

 

 

Income tax expense (note 12)

   2,349,236  2,283,435  2,084,653

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Net earnings

 

$

5,054,655

 

4,578,222

 

3,014,014

 

  $6,509,776  5,418,520  5,054,655

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Earnings per share before change in accounting principle – basic

 

$

1.30

 

1.14

 

0.77

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

0.03

 

 

Earnings per share – basic

 

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

   1.68  1.39  1.30

Earnings per share before change in accounting principle – diluted

 

1.30

 

1.14

 

0.77

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

0.03

 

 

Earnings per share – diluted

 

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

   1.68  1.39  1.30

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

 

3,894,649

 

3,908,084

 

3,924,573

 

   3,870,198  3,894,969  3,894,649

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

 

3,894,925

 

3,908,084

 

3,924,573

 

   3,871,273  3,895,728  3,894,925

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


46


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive
income

 

Common stock

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

Treasury
stock

 

Total

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Balances at December 31, 1999

 

 

 

3,957,135

 

$

39,571

 

3,707,472

 

26,743,281

 

(1,834,128

)

(214,599

)

28,441,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earning

 

$

3,014,014

 

 

 

 

3,014,014

 

 

 

3,014,014

 

Other comprehensive income due to unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale, net (note 9)

 

1,919,275

 

 

 

 

 

1,919,275

 

 

1,919,275

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

4,933,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid ($0.40 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,569,829

)

 

 

(1,569,829

)

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2000

 

 

 

3,957,135

 

39,571

 

3,707,472

 

28,187,466

 

85,147

 

(214,599

)

31,805,057

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earning

 

$

4,578,222

 

 

 

 

4,578,222

 

 

 

4,578,222

 

Other comprehensive income due to unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale, net (note 9)

 

1,351,733

 

 

 

 

 

1,351,733

 

 

1,351,733

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

5,929,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid ($0.40 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,562,819

)

 

 

(1,562,819

)

Purchase of treasury stock (29,955 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(338,260

)

(338,260

)

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2001

 

 

 

3,957,135

 

39,571

 

3,707,472

 

31,202,869

 

1,436,880

 

(552,859

)

35,833,933

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earning

 

$

5,054,655

 

 

 

 

5,054,655

 

 

 

5,054,655

 

Other comprehensive income due to unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale, net (note 9)

 

$

405,219

 

 

 

 

 

405,219

 

 

405,219

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

5,459,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid ($0.44 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,713,654

)

 

 

(1,713,654

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of treasury stock (200 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

971

 

 

 

1,300

 

2,271

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2002

 

 

 

3,957,135

 

$

39,571

 

3,708,443

 

34,543,870

 

1,842,099

 

(551,559

)

39,582,424

 

 

 

 

 


 



 


 


 


 


 


 


  

Comprehensive

income


  Common stock

 

Additional

paid-in

capital


 

Retained

earnings


  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)


  

Treasury

Stock


  Total

 
  Shares

 Amount

     

Balances at December 31, 2001

     3,957,135  39,571 3,707,472 31,202,869  1,436,880  (552,859) 35,833,933 

Comprehensive income:

                       

Net earnings

 $5,054,655  —    —   —   5,054,655  —    —    5,054,655 

Other comprehensive income due to unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale, net (note 11)

  405,219  —    —   —   —    405,219  —    405,219 
  


                   

Total comprehensive income

 $5,459,874                    
  


                   

Cash dividends paid ($0.44 per share)

     —    —   —   (1,713,654) —    —    (1,713,654)

Sale of treasury stock (200 shares)

     —    —   971 —    —    1,300  2,271 
      
 

 
 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2002

     3,957,135  39,571 3,708,443 34,543,870  1,842,099  (551,559) 39,582,424 

Comprehensive income:

                       

Net earnings

 $5,418,520  —    —   —   5,418,520  —    —    5,418,520 

Other comprehensive loss due to unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale, net (note 11)

  (2,670,915) —    —   —   —    (2,670,915) —    (2,670,915)
  


                   

Total comprehensive income

 $2,747,605                    
  


                   

Cash dividends paid ($0.48 per share)

     —    —   —   (1,869,561) —    —    (1,869,561)

Purchase of treasury stock (3,000 shares)

     —    —   —   —    —    (61,262) (61,262)

Sale of treasury stock (750 shares)

     —    —   3,803 —    —    4,875  8,678 
      
 

 
 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2003

     3,957,135  39,571 3,712,246 38,092,829  (828,816) (607,946) 40,407,884 

Comprehensive income:

                       

Net earnings

 $6,509,776  —    —   —   6,509,776  —    —    6,509,776 

Other comprehensive gain due to unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale and derivatives, net (note 11)

  467,707  —    —   —   —    467,707  —    467,707 
  


                   

Total comprehensive income

 $6,977,483                    
  


                   

Cash dividends paid ($0.50 per share)

     —    —   —   (1,933,544) —    —    (1,933,544)

Purchase of treasury stock (47,782 shares)

     —    —   —   —    —    (972,394) (972,394)

Sale of treasury stock (2,075 shares)

     —    —   11,332 —    —    13,487  24,819 
      
 

 
 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2004

     3,957,135 $39,571 3,723,578 42,669,061  (361,109) (1,566,853) 44,504,248 
      
 

 
 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


47


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

5,054,655

 

4,578,222

 

3,014,014

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change for derivative instruments and hedging activities

 

 

(141,677

)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

490,749

 

463,842

 

504,555

 

Net (accretion) amortization of investment security discounts/premiums

 

603,075

 

(136,417

)

(629,128

)

Provision for loan losses

 

1,680,000

 

3,555,000

 

2,622,098

 

Provision for losses on other real estate

 

 

 

55,775

 

Deferred tax expense

 

313,362

 

484,998

 

1,363,407

 

Loans originated for resale

 

(66,842,809

)

(45,376,207

)

(16,432,623

)

Proceeds from sale of loans originated for resale

 

70,358,000

 

43,378,889

 

16,534,936

 

Loss on sale of premises and equipment

 

44,522

 

12,153

 

11,703

 

(Gain) loss on sale and calls of investment securities

 

(492,776

)

22,144

 

(59,311

)

Gain on exchange of privately-held stock investment

 

 

(1,548,340

)

 

Loss (gain) on sale of other real estate

 

73,350

 

33,283

 

(265

)

Gain on change in fair value of derivatives

 

 

(272,000

)

 

Decrease (increase) in interest receivable

 

132,080

 

650,608

 

(802,558

)

Increase in other assets

 

(1,003,800

)

(8,996,900

)

(1,898,263

)

(Decrease) increase in interest payable

 

(491,587

)

504,533

 

1,004,664

 

(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

943,907

 

(991,268

)

172,036

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

10,862,728

 

(3,779,137

)

5,461,040

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

16,892,073

 

46,532,577

 

2,979,308

 

Proceeds from maturities/calls/paydowns of investment securities available for sale

 

62,340,614

 

26,355,701

 

9,480,528

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(126,415,939

)

(119,593,961

)

(26,189,957

)

Proceeds from sale of investment security held to maturity

 

 

 

235,314

 

Proceeds from maturities/calls/paydowns of investment securities held to maturity

 

8,304,280

 

10,938,449

 

6,035,356

 

Purchases of investment securities held to maturity

 

 

 

(22,516,052

)

Proceeds from termination of interest rate swap

 

 

490,083

 

 

Net decrease (increase) in loans

 

4,850,211

 

(9,723,445

)

(6,702,813

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(386,030

)

(456,220

)

(198,444

)

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment and other real estate

 

1,585,380

 

381,388

 

1,523,417

 

Additions to rental property

 

(82,255

)

(75,857

)

(22,306

)

Net decrease (increase) in interest-earning deposits with other banks

 

255,341

 

(407,617

)

823,627

 

Investment in FHLB stock

 

 

(245,600

)

(93,600

)

 

 


 


 


 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(32,656,325

)

 

(45,804,502

)

 

(34,645,622

)

 

 



 



 



 


48
   2004

  2003

  2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net earnings

  $6,509,776  5,418,520  5,054,655 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

   492,732  557,146  490,749 

Net amortization of investment security discounts/premiums

   1,246,042  1,711,893  603,075 

Provision for loan losses

   600,000  675,000  1,680,000 

Deferred tax (benefit) expense

   (1,079,698) 427,704  313,362 

Loans originated for resale

   (63,708,998) (107,507,779) (66,842,809)

Proceeds from sale of loans originated for resale

   66,309,410  108,656,026  70,358,000 

Loss on sale of premises and equipment

   2,305  34,693  44,522 

Loss (gain) on sale and calls of investment securities

   183,633  (994,699) (492,776)

Gain on exchange of privately-held stock investment

   (917,061) —    —   

Loss on sale of other real estate

   6,984  70,694  73,350 

Decrease (increase) in interest receivable

   68,748  (273,677) 132,080 

Decrease (increase) in other assets

   991,820  (346,683) (1,003,800)

Decrease in interest payable

   (247,079) (74,947) (491,587)

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

   1,954,272  (448,037) 943,907 
   


 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   12,412,886  7,905,854  10,862,728 
   


 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

   77,533,760  82,443,026  16,892,073 

Proceeds from maturities/calls/paydowns of investment securities available for sale

   40,209,751  116,628,669  62,340,614 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

   (115,486,766) (305,345,720) (126,415,939)

Proceeds from maturities/calls/paydowns of investment securities held to maturity

   428,908  6,704,668  8,304,280 

Net (increase) decrease in loans

   (6,196,353) 801,520  4,850,211 

Purchases of premises and equipment

   (135,073) (140,658) (386,030)

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment and other real estate

   279,051  711,094  1,585,380 

Additions to rental property

   (11,499) (5,806) (82,255)

Net (increase) decrease in interest-earning deposits with other banks

   (439,567) 332,691  255,341 

Proceeds from sale of privately-held stock investment

   (1,044,061) —    —   

Investment in FHLB stock

   (683,000) (2,240,000) —   
   


 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (5,544,849) (100,110,516) (32,656,325)
   


 

 


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

4,675,476

 

5,250,959

 

4,424,743

 

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits

 

20,848,374

 

48,775,361

 

16,494,697

 

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

1,853,456

 

5,747,317

 

(1,477,824

)

Borrowings from FHLB

 

 

10,000,000

 

13,000,000

 

Repayments to FHLB

 

(118,251

)

(5,118,249

)

(11,118,250

)

Repayments of other borrowed funds

 

(26,507

)

(21,050

)

(22,255

)

Sale (purchase) of treasury stock

 

2,271

 

(338,260

)

 

Dividends paid

 

(1,713,654

)

(1,562,819

)

(1,569,829

)

 

 


 


 


 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

25,521,165

 

62,733,259

 

19,731,282

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

3,727,568

 

13,149,620

 

(9,453,300

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

31,068,717

 

17,919,097

 

27,372,397

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

34,796,285

 

31,068,717

 

17,919,097

 

 

 



 


 


 

Supplemental information on cash payments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

13,854,400

 

15,533,207

 

16,637,437

 

Income taxes paid

 

2,189,835

 

1,578,399

 

770,411

 

Supplemental information on noncash transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

 

1,192,893

 

1,011,003

 

1,943,024

 

Loans to facilitate the sale of other real estate

 

 

444,625

 

27,500

 


   2004

  2003

  2002

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits

  $4,856,468  7,387,766  4,868,707 

Net (decrease) increase in interest-bearing deposits

   (9,559,838) 31,463,010  20,655,143 

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   958,590  (5,335,002) 1,853,456 

Borrowings from FHLB

   10,000,000  55,000,000  —   

Repayments to FHLB

   (10,018,250) (10,043,250) (118,251)

Repayments of other borrowed funds

   (130,433) (21,045) (26,507)

Proceeds from the note payable to Trust

   —    7,217,000  —   

Purchase of treasury stock

   (972,394) (61,262) —   

Sale of treasury stock

   24,819  8,678  2,271 

Dividends paid

   (1,933,544) (1,869,561) (1,713,654)
   


 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (6,774,582) 83,746,334  25,521,165 
   


 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   93,455  (8,458,328) 3,727,568 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   26,337,957  34,796,285  31,068,717 
   


 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $26,431,412  26,337,957  34,796,285 
   


 

 

Supplemental information on cash payments:

           

Interest paid

  $12,755,414  11,496,784  13,854,400 

Income taxes paid

   1,843,388  1,918,796  2,189,835 

Supplemental information on noncash transactions:

           

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

   338,825  185,236  1,192,893 

Loans to facilitate the sale of other real estate

   —    333,800  —   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


49


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

(1)Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(1)Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (the Company) provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers in Lee County, Alabama and surrounding counties through its subsidiary, AuburnBank (the Bank). The Company and the Bank are subject to competition from other financial institutions. The Company and the Bank are also subject to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. The Company does not have any segments other than banking that are considered material.

The accounting policies followed by the Company and its subsidiary and the methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practice within the banking industry. Certain principles which significantly affect the determination of financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized below.

(a)Basis of Financial Statement PresentationBasis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principlesUnited States generally accepted in the United States of America.accounting principles. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near–term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties that serve as collateral.

Management believes that the allowance for losses on loans is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for losses on loans. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The Bank’s real estate loans are secured by real estate located principally in Lee County, Alabama and surrounding areas. In addition, the foreclosed real estate owned by the Bank is located in this same area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and the recovery of real estate owned are susceptible to changes in market conditions in this area.

(b)Principles of ConsolidationPrinciples of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary, AuburnBank.

(Continued)


50


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

(c)Cash EquivalentsCash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include amounts due from banks and federal funds sold. Federal funds are generally sold for one–day periods.

(d)Investment SecuritiesInvestment Securities

The Company accounts for investment securities under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115,Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities whereby investment securities are classified in one of three portfolios: (i) trading account securities, (ii) held to maturity securities, and (iii) securities available for sale. Trading account securities are stated at fair value. The Company does not have trading account securities. Investment securities held to maturity are those for which the Company has both the intent and ability to hold until maturity and are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Investment securities available for sale are stated at fair value with any unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of taxes, until realized.

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums are calculated onusing a method that approximates the straight–lineeffective interest method over the anticipated life of the security, taking into consideration prepayment assumptions. Gains and losses from the sale of investment securities are computed under the specific identification method.

A decline in the fair value below cost of any available for sale or held to maturity security that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the establishment of a new cost basis for the security.

(e)LoansLoans

Loans that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are recorded at principal amounts outstanding, net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is credited to income on the simple interest method.

It is the policy of the Company to discontinue the accrual of interest when principal or interest payments become more than ninety days delinquent. When a loan is placed on a nonaccrual basis, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income unless the collateral for the loan is sufficient to cover the accrued interest. Income on such loans is then recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Interest accruals are recorded on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.

The Company accounts for impaired loans in accordance with SFAS No. 114,Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, as amended by SFAS No. 118,Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan – Income Recognition and Disclosures. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No. 118, management considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan

(Continued)

52


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

agreement. A loan is also considered impaired if its terms are modified in a troubled debt restructuring

(Continued)


51


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

and the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate below the rate that the Company is willing to accept for a new loan with comparable risk. When a loan is considered impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the note’s effective interest rate, unless the loan is collateral–dependent, for which the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the amount of impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through the provision for loan losses. Impaired loans are charged to the allowance when such loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance.

When a loan is considered impaired, cash receipts are applied under the contractual terms of the loan agreement, first to principal and then to interest income. Once the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash receipts are applied to interest income, to the extent that any interest has not been recognized. Any further cash receipts are recorded as recoveries of any amount previously charged off.

The Company originates mortgage loans to be held for sale only for loans that have been pre–approved by the investor. The Company bears minimal interest rate risk on these loans. Such loans are stated at the lower of cost or aggregate fair value.

(f)Allowance for Loan LossesAllowance for Loan Losses

The amount of provision for loan losses charged to earnings is based on actual loss experience, periodic specific reviews of significant and nonperforming loan relationships, and management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio under current economic conditions. Such provisions, adjusted for loan charge–offs and recoveries, comprise the allowance for loan losses. Provision amounts are largely determined based on loan classifications determined through credit quality reviews using estimated loss factors based on historical loss experience. Such loss factors are adjusted periodically based on changes in loss experience. Loans are examined for credit quality, documentation, and financial information annually by a qualified nonemployee loan review examiner.

Loans are charged against the allowance when management determines such loans to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance.

(g)Premises and EquipmentPremises and Equipment

Land is stated at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on both the double–declining balance and straight–line methods for buildings and principally on a straight–line method for buildings, furniture, fixtures, and equipment over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to 39 years.

(h)Rental PropertyRental Property

Rental property consists of land; buildings;land, buildings, and furniture, fixtures, and equipment which are rented by the Company to the Bank and the general public. Rental property is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on both the double–declining balance and straight–line

(Continued)


52


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

methods for buildings and principally on a straight–line method for buildings, furniture, fixtures, and equipment over the shorter of estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease period.

(Continued)

53


(i)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

Other Real EstateAND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(i)Other Real Estate

Real estate acquired through foreclosure or in lieu of foreclosure is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, as determined by independent appraisals, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Any write–down at the time of foreclosure is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent declines in fair value below acquisition cost and gains or losses on the sale of these properties are credited or charged to earnings.

(j)Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging ActivitiesDerivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

As part of its overall interest rate risk management activities, the Company utilizes derivative instruments (i) to modify the repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities and (ii) to hedge the fair value risk of fixed–rate liabilities. The primary instruments utilized by the Company are interest rate swaps and interest rate floor and cap arrangements. Interest rate swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Entering into interest rate swap agreements involves not only the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet the terms of the contracts but also the risk associated with the movements in interest rates. These risks are considered in the Bank’s overall asset liability management program. Notional principal amounts often are used to express the volume of these transactions; however, the amounts potentially subject to credit risk are much smaller. The Bank utilizes periodic financial statements issued by the counterparty to analyze the creditworthiness of the counterparty prior to entering into a contract and to monitor changes in the financial condition of the counterparty throughout the term of the contract.

The fair value of these derivative financial instruments is based on dealer quotes or third–party financial models and are recorded as assets or liabilities and are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value.

On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as subsequently amended by SFAS No. 137 and SFAS No. 138, which establishes the accounting and reporting standards for derivatives and hedging activities. Under SFAS No. 133 the accounting for changes in fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated as a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge), or a hedge of the variability of a floating rate asset or liability (cash flow hedge), or a foreign–currency fair value or cash flow hedge.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the risk being hedged is recognized in earnings in the period of change. If the hedged exposure is a cash flow exposure, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recorded initially as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. Any amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, as well as the ineffective portion of the gain or loss, are reported in earnings immediately. If the derivative instrument is not designated as a hedge, the gain or loss would be recognized in earnings in each period. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 resulted in a $141,677 cumulative effect adjustment for the change in accounting principle, net of tax.

The net settlement on the Company’s fair value hedges is recorded in earnings on an accrual basis.

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had a cash flow hedge with a notional amount of $10 million for the purpose of converting the interest payments on floating rate money market accounts to a fixed rate. The Company haswill start exchanging payments in March 2005 for this interest rate swap based on the three month Treasury bill investment rate. As of December 31, 2004, the Company recorded a liability of $216,000 for this swap. This interest rate swap will mature in July 2007. There was not any material hedge ineffectiveness from this cash flow hedge recognized in the income statement. The Company had no cash flow hedges at December 31, 2002 or 2001.2003.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 133, interest rate swaps, purchased floors, and purchased caps were accounted for on an accrual basis, and the net interest differential, including premiums paid, if any, was recognized as an adjustment to interest income or expense of the related designated asset or liability. Changes in fair values of the swaps, purchased floors, or purchased caps were not recorded

(k)Income Taxes

(Continued)


53


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

in the consolidated statements of earnings because these agreements were being treated as a synthetic alteration of the designated assets or liabilities.

(k)Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company files its federal income tax returns on a consolidated basis.

(Continued)

54


(l)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

Earnings per ShareAND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(l)Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share are computed on the weighted average number of shares outstanding in accordance with SFAS No. 128,Earnings Per Share. The Company reserved 75,000450,000 shares of common stock in May 1994 for issuance under stock option plans. This plan expired in May 2004. During 2003, the Company granted 4,000 options with an exercise price of $13.39 which was equal to the closing market price on the date of grant. During 2002, the Company granted 3,000 options with an exercise price of $11.35 which was equal to the closing market price on the date of grant. No options were granted in 2004 or years previous to 2002.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to the diluted EPS computation for the three years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

  2004

  2003

  2002

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Net income

 

$

5,054,655

 

 

4,578,222

 

 

3,014,014

 

  $6,509,776  5,418,520  5,054,655

Average common shares outstanding

 

3,894,649

 

3,908,084

 

3,924,573

 

Average common shares Outstanding

   3,870,198  3,894,969  3,894,649

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Earnings per share

 

$

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

  $1.68  1.39  1.30

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Net income

 

$

5,054,655

 

4,578,222

 

3,014,014

 

  $6,509,776  5,418,520  5,054,655

Average common shares outstanding

 

3,894,649

 

3,908,084

 

3,924,573

 

Average common shares Outstanding

   3,870,198  3,894,969  3,894,649

Dilutive effect of options issued

 

276

 

 

 

   1,075  759  276

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Average diluted shares outstanding

 

3,894,925

 

3,908,084

 

3,924,573

 

   3,871,273  3,895,728  3,894,925

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Earnings per share

 

$

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

  $1.68  1.39  1.30

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

(Continued)


54


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company had no options that were issued and not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003 and 20002002.

(m)Stock–based compensationStock–based compensation

The Company applies Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations in accounting for employee stock compensation plans and, accordingly, does not recognize compensation cost for stock options granted when the option price is greater than or equal to the underlying stock price. This accounting method is referred to as the intrinsic value method. The Company provides the pro–forma disclosures of SFAS No. 123,Accounting for Stock–Based Compensation, as amended by SFAS No. 148, (discussed in note 1(n) below), using the fair value method of accounting for stock–based compensation.

The Company granted 4,000 options on January 1, 2003 with an exercise price of $13.39 which was equal to the closing market price on the date of grant. Each option had a fair value of $2.06 and $3.51 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These options vested on the date of grant and expire on

(Continued)

55


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

December 31, 2006. During 2004 and 2003, 800 and 200 options were exercised, respectively. In addition, 200 options expired in 2003. At December 31, 2004, 2,800 options were outstanding with a remaining contractual life of two years.

The Company granted 3,000 options on January 1, 2002 with an exercise price of $11.35 which was equal to the closing market price on the date of grant. Each option had a fair value of $5.47.$3.51 and $5.17 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These options vested on the date of grant and expire on December 31, 2005. During 2002, 2002004 and 2003, 1,200 and 500 options were exercised.exercised, respectively. At December 31, 2002, 28002004, 1,100 options were outstanding with a remaining contractual life of three years.one year.

The following table illustrates the effect on net earnings and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock–based employee compensation:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

  2004

  2003

  2002

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

  (In thousands, except per share data)

Net earnings – as reported

 

$

5,054,655

 

 

4,436,545

 

 

3,014,014

 

  $6,509,776  5,418,520  5,054,655

Deduct:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Total stock–based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

9,846

 

 

 

   7,738  17,740  9,846

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Net earnings – pro forma

 

$

5,044,809

 

4,436,545

 

3,014,014

 

  $6,502,038  5,400,780  5,044,809

 


 


 


 

  

  
  

Earnings per share – as reported

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Basic

 

$

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

  $1.68  1.39  1.30

Diluted

 

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

   1.68  1.39  1.30

Earnings per share – pro forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         

Basic

 

$

1.30

 

1.17

 

0.77

 

  $1.68  1.39  1.30

Diluted

 

 

1.30

 

 

1.17

 

 

0.77

 

   1.68  1.39  1.30

The fair value of the option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black–Scholes option–pricing model with the following assumptions:

   Options granted in

 
   2003

  2002

 

Expected stock price volatility

  43.08% 43.08%

Risk free interest rate

  2.90% 2.65%

Expected life of options

  2 years  1 year 

Dividend yield

  2.45% 2.45%

(Continued)


55

56


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

 

Expected stock price volatility

(n)

71.78%

Risk free interest rate

2.18%

Expected life of options

3 years

Dividend yield

3.29%

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

(n)Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2001,March 2004, the FinancialSEC issued Staff Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFASBulletin No. 141, 105,Business CombinationsApplication of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141Current accounting guidance requires the commitment to originate mortgage loans to be held for sale be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value from inception through expiration or funding. SAB 105 requires that the purchase method of accounting be usedfair-value measurement include only differences between the guaranteed interest rate in the loan commitment and a market interest rate, excluding any expected future cash flows related to the customer relationship or loan servicing. SAB 105 was effective for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 141 also specifies criteria that intangible assets acquired in a business combination must meetcommitments to originate mortgage loans to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead testedheld for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with finite lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives.

The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141 effective July 1, 2001, and adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002. As the Company has no goodwill or significant identifiable intangibles as of January 1, 2002, thesale entered into after March 31, 2004. Its adoption of SFAS No. 142 did not have ana material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial positionbalance sheets or resultsstatement of operations.earnings.

In June 2001,March 2004, the FASB issued SFASFinancial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 143, 03-1,AccountingThe Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-1 provides guidance for Asset Retirement Obligations. SFAS No. 143 requires entities to recorddetermining when an investment is considered impaired, whether impairment is other-than-temporary, and measurement of an impairment loss. An investment is considered impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. Generally, an impairment is considered other-than-temporary unless: (i) the investor has the ability and intent to hold an investment for a liabilityreasonable period of time sufficient for an asset retirement obligationanticipated recovery of fair value up to (or beyond) the cost of the investment; and (ii) evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, then an impairment loss should be recognized equal to the difference between the investment’s cost and its fair value. Certain disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 were adopted in 2003 and the periodCompany began presenting the new disclosure requirements in which it is incurred. SFAS No. 143 applies to legal obligations associated withits consolidated financial statements for the retirement of long–lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and/or the normal operation of a long–lived asset, except for certain lease obligations. SFAS No. 143 isyear ended December 31, 2003. The recognition and measurement provisions were initially effective for financial statements issued for fiscal yearsother-than-temporary impairment evaluations in reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2002. The adoption2004. However, in September 2004, the effective date of SFAS No. 143 did not have a material effect onthese provisions was delayed until the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long–Lived Assets. SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of longlived assets. SFAS No. 144 supersedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long–Lived Assets and for Long–Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, and the accounting and reporting provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposalfinalization of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions, for the disposal of a segment of a business (as previously defined in that opinion). This statement also amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements,FASB Staff Position (FSP) to eliminate the exception to consolidation for a subsidiary for which controlprovide additional implementation guidance. Its adoption is likely to be temporary.

SFAS No. 144 improves financial reporting by requiring that one accounting model be used for longlived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and by broadening the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal transactions. SFAS

(Continued)


56


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

No. 144 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No.4, 44, 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No.13, and Technical Corrections, in April 2002. SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishments of Debt, SFAS No. 44, Accounting for Intangible Assets of Motor Carriers, and SFAS No. 64, Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking–Fund Requirements. These rescissions eliminate the requirement to report gains and losses from the extinguishments of debt as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect, and are effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. This statement also amends SFAS 13, Accounting for Leases, and requires that capital leases that are modified so that the resulting lease agreement is classified as an operating lease be accounted for as a sale–leaseback. This amendment is effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. Finally, this statement amends several pronouncements to make technical corrections to existing authoritative pronouncements. The adoption of SFAS No. 145 did not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, in July 2002. SFAS No. 146 requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. SFAS No. 146 is effective prospectively for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Management does not expect this statementexpected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.balance sheets or statement of earnings for the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 147, AcquisitionsStatement of Position 03-03,Accounting for Certain Financial Institutions,Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in October 2002. SFAS No. 147 removesa Transfer (SOP 03-03) addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in loans or debt securities loans) acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. It includes loans acquired in purchase business combinations and applies to all nongovernmental entities, including not-for-profit organizations. SOP 03-03 does not apply to loans originated by the entity. SOP 03-03 is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. Early adoption is encouraged. Specific transition guidance applies to certain acquisitions of financial institutions (other than transactions between two or more mutual enterprises) fromloans that currently are within the scope of SFAS No. 72, Practice Bulletin 6,Accounting forAmortization of Discounts on Certain Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions and FASB Interpretation 9, Applying APB Opinions16 and 17 When a Savings and Loan or a Similar Institution Is Acquired in a Business Combination Accounted for by the Purchase Method. LoansThese types of transactions are now accounted for under SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142. In addition, this statement amends SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long–Lived Assets, to include in its scope longterm customer relationship intangible assets of financial institutions. The provisions of this statement were effective October 1, 2002, with earlier. Its adoption permitted. SFAS No. 147 didis not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock–Based CompensationTransition and Disclosure in December 2002. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stockbased compensation. In addition, this statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stockbased employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. Finally, this statement amends APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require disclosure about those effects in interim financial information. This statement is effective for fiscal and interim periods ending after December 15, 2002.

(Continued)


57


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

The FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others in November 2002. FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of the guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applied prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of these recognition provisions will result in recording liabilities associated with certain guarantees provided by the Company. These currently include standby letters of credit. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. Management does not expect FIN 45expected to have a material impact on the financial conditionconsolidated balance sheets or resultsstatement of operations ofearnings for the Company.

(Continued)

57


TheAUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

In December 2004, the FASB issued FIN 46, ConsolidationStatement of Variable Interest Entities,Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004),Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”), which revised SFAS No. 123,Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. This statement supercedes APB Opinion No. 25,Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using APB 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in January 2003, which clarifies the applicationconsolidated statement of Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to certain entities (called variable interest entities) in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.income. The disclosure requirements of FIN 46 arerevised statement is effective for all financial statements issued after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply to all variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. In addition, public companies must apply the consolidation requirements to variable interest entities that existed prior to February 1, 2003 and remain in existence as of the beginning of annual orfirst interim periodsperiod beginning after June 15, 2003. Management2005. Its adoption is currently assessing the impact of FIN 46, and does not expect itexpected to have a material impact on the financial conditionconsolidated balance sheets or resultsstatement of operations ofearnings for the Company.

(o)ReclassificationsReclassifications

Certain 20012003 and 20002002 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 20022004 presentation.

(2)Cash and Due from Banks

(2)Cash and Due from Banks

The Bank is required to maintain certain average cash reserve balances in accordance with Federal Reserve Board requirements. The amounts of thoseThere were no required balances as of December 31, 20022004 and 2001 were approximately $7,810,000 and $6,778,000, respectively.2003.

(Continued)


(3)Investment Securities

58


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

(3)Investment Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2002,2004, were as follows:

 

 

Amortized
cost

 

Gross
unrealized
gains

 

Gross
unrealized
losses

 

Fair value

 

 


 


 


 


 

  Amortized cost

  Gross
unrealized
gains


  Gross
unrealized
losses


  Fair value

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

U.S. government agencies, excluding mortgage-backed securities

 

$

5,000,000

 

62,500

 

 

5,062,500

 

State and political subdivisions

 

564,000

 

 

 

564,000

 

   362,000  —    —    362,000

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

873,018

 

28,745

 

 

901,763

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

1,491,438

 

59,822

 

20

 

1,551,240

 

   446,607  13,683  —    460,290

 


 


 


 


 

 

$

7,928,456

 

151,067

 

20

 

8,079,503

 

  

  
  
  

 


 


 


 


 

  $808,607  13,683  —    822,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  
  
  

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

U.S. government agencies, excluding mortgage-backed securities

 

$

38,726,325

 

840,684

 

 

39,567,009

 

  $58,024,567  132,203  356,255  57,800,515

State and political subdivisions

 

3,548,207

 

138,002

 

 

3,686,209

 

   41,570,722  839,681  21,730  42,388,673

Corporate securities

 

2,500,000

 

 

 

2,500,000

 

   6,216,239  96,451  —    6,312,690

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

62,545,021

 

630,594

 

51,560

 

63,124,055

 

   17,632,426  4,168  123,327  17,513,267

Mortgage-backed securities

 

71,576,644

 

1,719,030

 

7

 

73,295,667

 

   158,332,360  313,364  1,270,405  157,375,319

Equity securities

 

1,023,433

 

��

206,579

 

816,854

 

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

 

$

179,919,630

 

3,328,310

 

258,146

 

182,989,794

 

  $281,776,314  1,385,867  1,771,717  281,390,464

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

(Continued)


59

58


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

The composition of the investment securities with an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2004 is shown below including the investment securities with an unrealized loss of less than twelve months and twelve months or longer.

   

Investments With an

Unrealized Loss of Less

than 12 Months


  

Investments With an
Unrealized Loss of

12 Months or Longer


   

Fair

value


  Unrealized
losses


  

Fair

value


  Unrealized
losses


U.S. government agencies, excluding

             

mortgage-backed securities

  $19,115,985  192,414  7,819,688  163,841

State and political subdivisions

   5,198,813  21,730  —    —  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

   11,713,310  123,327  —    —  

Mortgage-backed securities

   77,772,894  544,534  32,972,741  725,871
   

  
  
  
   $113,801,002  882,005  40,792,429  889,712
   

  
  
  

Management evaluates securities when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than costs, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The declines in fair value noted above were attributable to increases in interest rates and not attributable to credit quality. Since the Company has the ability and intent to hold all of these investments until a market price recovery or maturity, these investments were not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.

(Continued)

59


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 20012003 were as follows:

 

 

Amortized
cost

 

Gross
unrealized
gains

 

Gross
unrealized
losses

 

Fair value

 

 


 


 


 


 

  

Amortized

cost


  Gross
unrealized
gains


  Gross
unrealized
losses


  Fair value

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

U.S. government agencies, excluding mortgage-backed securities

 

$

7,290,555

 

336,760

 

 

7,627,315

 

State and political subdivisions

 

615,000

 

 

 

615,000

 

   370,000  —    —    370,000

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

4,914,771

 

182,034

 

 

5,096,805

 

   —    —    —    —  

Mortgage-backed securities

 

3,344,122

 

95,874

 

 

3,439,996

 

   867,764  38,956  —    906,720

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

 

$

16,164,448

 

614,668

 

 

16,779,116

 

  $1,237,764  38,956  —    1,276,720

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

U.S. government agencies, excluding mortgage-backed securities

 

$

24,505,741

 

778,681

 

8,286

 

25,276,136

 

  $62,866,562  205,551  405,486  62,666,627

State and political subdivisions

 

3,391,097

 

24,615

 

22,651

 

3,393,061

 

   27,892,370  277,557  93,787  28,076,140

Asset-backed securities

 

1,292,580

 

6,601

 

 

1,299,181

 

Corporate securities

   5,221,236  65,308  9,014  5,277,530

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

52,129,133

 

531,627

 

137,834

 

52,522,926

 

   16,139,661  23,986  79,746  16,083,901

Mortgage-backed securities

 

49,987,002

 

571,238

 

177,747

 

50,380,493

 

   172,319,223  359,500  1,459,968  171,218,755

Equity securities

 

1,609,413

 

828,556

 

 

2,437,969

 

   1,023,432  —    265,262  758,170

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

 

$

132,914,966

 

2,741,318

 

346,518

 

135,309,766

 

  $285,462,484  931,902  2,313,263  284,081,123

 


 


 


 


 

  

  
  
  

As of December 31, 2003, the Company had one investment which had been in an unrealized loss position greater than one year in which the Company decided not to write down to its fair value because of management’s belief that the impairment was temporary. The Company owned 52,396 shares of Concord EFS stock. On December 31, 2003, the stock had a fair value of $265,000 below historical cost. The Company believed the decrease was due to the past uncertainties from the proposed merger of Concord and First Data which closed in February 2004. Based on the a review of analysts’ expectations, the Company’s management believed that Concord was well positioned with healthy market shares in the grocery, trucking and benefits payment sectors with a large book of recurring revenues. The Company expected that the merger should strengthen First Data’s merchant processing payment processing, electronic payments and debit card businesses and that steadily improving economic conditions should positively impact First Data’s 2004 operations. Although First Data’s stock price remained relatively stable in 2004, the Company sold the stock during 2004 and realized a loss of $214,818.

(Continued)


60


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2002,2004, by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

 

Amortized
cost

 

Fair value

 

 


 


 

  

Amortized

cost


  Fair value

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

      

Due after ten years

  $362,000  362,000

Mortgage-backed securities

   446,607  460,290
  

  

Total

  $808,607  822,290
  

  

Investment securities available for sale:

      

Due after one year through five years

 

$

185,000

 

185,000

 

   27,373,396  27,246,517

Due after five years through ten years

   21,078,746  21,143,610

Due after ten years

 

5,379,000

 

5,441,500

 

   51,143,147  51,799,060
  

  

Subtotal

   99,595,289  100,189,187

Corporate securities

   6,216,239  6,312,690

Mortgage-backed securities

 

1,491,438

 

1,551,240

 

   158,332,360  157,375,319

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

873,018

 

901,763

 

   17,632,426  17,513,268

 


 


 

  

  

Total

 

$

7,928,456

 

8,079,503

 

  $281,776,314  281,390,464

 


 


 

  

  

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

 

$

6,057,678

 

6,156,250

 

Due after one year through five years

 

14,819,088

 

15,015,236

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

19,186,133

 

19,786,662

 

Due after ten years

 

2,211,633

 

2,295,070

 

 


 


 

Subtotal

 

42,274,532

 

43,253,218

 

Corporate securities

 

2,500,000

 

2,500,000

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

71,576,644

 

73,295,667

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

62,545,021

 

63,124,055

 

Equity securities

 

1,023,433

 

816,854

 

 


 


 

Total

 

$

179,919,630

 

182,989,794

 

 


 


 

Proceeds from the sale of investment securities available for sale during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 2001,were $77,533,760, $82,443,026, and 2000 were $16,892,073, $46,532,577, and $2,979,308, respectively. Gross gains of $492,776, $4,114,$405,507, $1,125,798, and $44,883$492,776 were realized on the sales for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000,2002, respectively. Gross losses of $21,282$589,140, $131,099 and $32,571 were realized on the sales for the yearyears ended December 31, 2001.

During 2001, the Company exchanged its ownership interest in a privately held entity for common shares of a publicly traded entity as part of the sale of the privately held entity2004, 2003 and recognized a gain of $1,548,340. Upon the exchange of ownership interest, the Company reclassified this investment from other assets to available for sale securities.

During the fourth quarter of 2000,2002, respectively. In addition, the Company sold a held to maturity security with an amortized cost of $229,335privately-held investment in 2004 for a realized gain of $5,979. The Company sold the security in anticipation of a call that occurred in early 2001. The Company recognized a loss of $4,976 during 2001 and a gain of $8,449 during 2000, as a result of calls of held to maturity securities. There were no sales of investment securities held to maturity during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.$917,061.

(Continued)


61


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

Investment securities with an aggregate carryingfair value of $153,591,937$218,575,811 and $105,374,190$209,285,826 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively, were pledged to secure public and trust deposits as required by law and for other purposes.

The Company maintains a diversified investment portfolio, including held to maturity and availableforsale securities, with limited concentration in any given region, industry, or economic characteristic.

Included in other assets is stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Atlanta. FHLB stock is carried at cost, has no contractual maturity, has no quoted fair value, and no ready market exists. The investment in the stock is required of every member of the FHLB system. The investment in the stock was $2,672,200$5,595,200 and $4,912,200 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001.2003, respectively.

(Continued)

61


(4)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

LoansAND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(4)Loans

At December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, the composition of the loan portfolio was as follows:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 

  2004

  2003

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

 

$

56,489,860

 

63,158,540

 

  $49,757,919  54,998,933

Leases – commercial

 

7,127,939

 

8,112,728

 

   5,397,519  6,630,351

Real estate – construction:

 

 

 

 

 

      

Commercial

 

1,392,022

 

3,561,645

 

   944,673  2,098,839

Residential

 

4,768,047

 

7,931,822

 

   5,426,195  4,865,773

Real estate – mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

      

Commercial

 

124,489,627

 

112,075,119

 

   136,036,617  122,397,493

Residential

 

46,105,099

 

51,806,165

 

   42,545,143  41,987,725

Real estate – held for sale

 

6,015,907

 

9,531,098

 

   7,813,539  12,439,618

Consumer installment

 

13,971,369

 

15,656,828

 

   11,021,229  11,673,324

 


 


 

  

  

Total loans

 

260,359,870

 

271,833,945

 

   258,942,834  257,092,056

Less allowance for loan losses

 

5,104,165

 

5,339,945

 

   3,455,515  4,312,554

 


 


 

  

  

Loans, net

 

$

255,255,705

 

266,494,000

 

  $255,487,319  252,779,502

 


 


 

  

  

During 20022004 and 2001,2003, certain executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, including companies with which they are associated, were loan customers of the Bank. Total loans outstanding to these persons at December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 amounted to $6,395,552$5,628,300 and $6,257,093,$5,703,828, respectively. The change from 20012003 to 20022004 reflects payments of $2,408,532$4,391,573 and advances of $2,546,991.$4,316,045. In management’s opinion, these loans were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements, and do not represent more than normal credit risk.

(Continued)


62


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

A summary of the transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002 is as follows:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

5,339,945

 

3,634,442

 

3,774,523

 

  $4,312,554  5,104,165  5,339,945 

Provision charged to earnings

 

1,680,000

 

3,555,000

 

2,622,098

 

   600,000  675,000  1,680,000 

Loan recoveries

 

357,341

 

121,128

 

352,762

 

   309,042  110,813  357,341 

Loans charged off

 

(2,273,121

)

(1,970,625

)

(3,114,941

)

   (1,766,081) (1,577,424) (2,273,121)

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

5,104,165

 

5,339,945

 

3,634,442

 

  $3,455,515  4,312,554  5,104,165 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

At December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, the Company had $5,280,970$677,252 and $10,164,118,$471,441, respectively, of impaired loans. Impaired loans at December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 in the amount of $5,280,970$677,252 and $8,908,404,$471,441, respectively, have a related valuation allowance of $861,205$176,860 and $1,412,706$309,181 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively. Impaired loans at

(Continued)

62


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2001 in the amount of $1,255,714 have no related valuation allowance.2004, 2003, and 2002

For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000,2002, the average recorded investment in impaired loans was $7,197,165, $8,738,654,$339,593, $1,408,378, and $7,482,538,$7,394,190, respectively. The amount of interest income on impaired loans recognized during 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002 amounted to $0, $48,817 and $135,385, $119,854 and $94,519, respectively.

Nonperforming loans, consisting of loans on nonaccrual status and accruing loans past due greater than 90 days, amounted to $2,532,038$710,649 and $11,680,010$1,704,080 at December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, respectively. Nonaccrual loans were $2,532,038, $10,211,279,$710,649 and $7,792,049$1,704,080, at December 31, 2002, 2001,2004 and 2000,2003, respectively. Interest that would have been recorded on nonaccrual loans had they been in accruing status was approximately $92,000, $180,000 and $462,000, $528,000,in 2004, 2003, and $826,000, in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

The board of directors of the Company has entered into a board resolution to strengthen asset quality, credit administration, and credit underwriting, as well as liquidity, which has been agreed to by the Company’s regulators. The Company currently reports progress under the resolution to the regulators on a quarterly basis.

The Company had approximately $582,000 and $1,026,000$105,000 in real estate acquired by foreclosure at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.2004. The Company had no real estate acquired by foreclosure at December 31, 2003.

The Company originates real estate mortgage loans which are sold in the secondary market. The Company retains the servicing for residential real estate loans that are sold to FNMA. The Company’s loan servicing portfolio consisted of 1,518 loans with an outstanding balance of $154,020,527; 1,409 loans with an outstanding balance of $139,684,559 and 1,188 loans with an outstanding balance of $107,671,929; 1,018 loans with an outstanding balance of $81,845,024 and 930 loans with an outstanding balance of $72,770,862,$107,671,929, as of December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000,2002, respectively.

(Continued)


(5)Premises and Equipment

63


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

(5)Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 are summarized as follows:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 

  2004

  2003

Land

 

$

407,747

 

407,747

 

  $407,747  407,747

Buildings

 

2,970,259

 

2,988,204

 

   3,002,703  2,970,259

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

4,166,393

 

3,859,645

 

   3,587,476  3,766,484

 


 


 

  

  

Total premises and equipment

 

7,544,399

 

7,255,596

 

   6,997,926  7,144,490

Less accumulated depreciation

 

4,389,457

 

4,043,439

 

   4,318,621  4,268,438

 


 


 

  

  

 

$

3,154,942

 

 

3,212,157

 

  $2,679,305  2,876,052

 


 


 

  

  

(6)Rental Property

Rental property at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are summarized as follows:

   2004

  2003

Land

  $390,900  390,900

Buildings

   2,201,144  2,189,646

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   218,333  218,333
   

  

Total rental property

   2,810,377  2,798,879

Less accumulated depreciation

   1,480,197  1,371,594
   

  
   $1,330,180  1,427,285
   

  

(Continued)

63


(6)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

Interest–Bearing DepositsAND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(7)Interest–Bearing Deposits

At December 31, 20022004 and 2001,2003, the composition of interestbearing deposits was as follows:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 

  2004

  2003

NOW, Super NOW, and Automatic Transfer Service

 

$

68,949,676

 

59,704,861

 

NOW

  $64,938,344  87,352,561

Money market

 

72,188,963

 

70,999,655

 

   96,983,400  78,881,031

Savings

 

14,933,248

 

13,702,841

 

   19,656,254  18,026,285

Certificates of deposit under $100,000

 

89,748,718

 

87,821,030

 

   87,183,821  85,400,560

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 and over

 

96,151,878

 

88,895,722

 

   95,213,338  103,874,558

 


 


 

  

  

 

$

341,972,483

 

 

321,124,109

 

  $363,975,157  373,534,995

 


 


 

  

  

Interest expense on certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 and over amounted to approximately $2,322,000, $2,954,000, and $3,029,000, $3,378,000,in 2004, 2003, and $4,543,000, in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

The following table presents the maturities of certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2002.2004.

 

Years ending December 31:

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

2003

 

$

45,944,804

 

2004

 

28,957,652

 

2005

 

13,370,585

 

  $50,777,806

2006

 

4,623,369

 

   15,758,299

2007

 

3,255,468

 

   9,985,747

2008

   5,278,918

2009

   13,412,568

Thereafter

   —  

 


 

  

 

$

96,151,878

 

  $95,213,338

 


 

  

(Continued)


64


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

During 20022004 and 2001,2003, certain executive officers and directors of the Company and Bank, including companies with which they are associated, were deposit customers of the Bank. Total deposits of these persons at December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 amounted to $5,118,042$12,919,323 and $3,983,355,$10,964,149, respectively.

(Continued)

64


(7)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

Securities Sold Under AgreementsAND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to RepurchaseConsolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(8)Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 20022004, 2003 and 20012002 are collateralized by obligations of the U.S. Government or its corporations and agencies, state and municipal securities, or mortgagebacked securities, which are held by independent trustees. The following summarizes pertinent data related to the securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000.2002.

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 

Weighted average borrowing rate at year end

 

1.19

%

1.75

%

5.95

%

   2.23% 0.89% 1.19%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average borrowing rate during the year

 

1.60

%

3.40

%

6.69

%

   1.20% 1.02% 1.60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily balance during the year

 

$

3,265,000

 

3,178,000

 

4,678,000

 

  $2,524,643  3,192,075  3,265,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum month-end balance during the year

 

 

11,989,000

 

10,136,000

 

6,746,000

 

   7,612,922  8,492,969  11,989,000 

(8)Other Borrowed Funds

(9)Other Borrowed Funds

Other borrowed funds at December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 consisted of the following:

 

 

Maturity date

 

Interest rate

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 


 


 

  

Maturity

Dates


  Weighted
Average
Interest rate


 2004

  2003

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

March 2003

 

5.79

%

$

25,000

 

125,000

 

 

February 2004

 

4.88

%

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

 

 

January 2008

 

5.46

%

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

 

 

March 2008

 

5.51

%

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

 

 

June 2008

 

5.51

%

10,000,000

 

10,000,000

 

 

April 2009

 

5.26

%

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

 

 

February 2010

 

5.80

%

8,000,000

 

8,000,000

 

 

November 2010

 

5.89

%

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

 

 

January 2011

 

5.50

%

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

 

 

August 2011

 

4.88

%

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

 

 

February 2017

 

6.64

%

260,005

 

278,256

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings:

         

Fixed rate

  2008-2017  5.53% $15,223,505  241,755

LIBOR-based floating rate

  2008-2014  4.14%  83,000,000  98,000,000

Notes payable

 

February 2003

 

3.00

%

934

 

6,536

 

       —    130,433

 

June 2004

 

6.63

%

150,544

 

171,449

 

      

  

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

      $98,223,505  98,372,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

53,436,483

 

 

53,581,241

 

      

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

(Continued)


65


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

Required annual principal payments on longterm debt for years subsequent to December 31, 20022004 are as follows:

 

2003

 

$

64,572

 

2004

 

5,148,406

 

  FHLB
Borrowings


2005

 

18,250

 

  $18,250

2006

 

18,250

 

   18,250

2007

 

18,250

 

   18,250

2008

   25,018,250

2009

   15,018,250

Thereafter

 

48,168,755

 

   58,132,255

 


 

  

Total

 

$

53,436,483

 

  $98,223,505

 


 

  

On October 8, 2002,February 11, 2004, the FHLB reducedincreased the Bank’s available line of credit from 16% to 10%30% of the Bank’s total assets. This resulted inassets from 25%. Based on these availabilities, the Bank had a decrease in the line of credit from $75,039,000of $176,816,000 at December 31, 2001 to approximately $50,241,0002004 and $146,868,000 at December 31, 2002. On October 8, 2002, the available line of credit was less than the amount outstanding. Once the Bank repays the advance below the available line of credit, the Bank will be limited to advances equal to 10% of the Bank’s total assets.2003. Interest expense on FHLB advances was $4,045,403, $2,770,890, and $2,946,247 $2,795,007,in 2004, 2003, and $2,467,523 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. All interest rates on outstanding advances are fixed interest rates. The advances and line of credit are collateralized by the Bank’s investment in the stock of the FHLB, all eligible first mortgage residential loans, and investment securities with a lendable collateral value totaling $19,072,935,$78,286,571, which are sufficient to draw the full line of credit.

(10)Note Payable to Trust

In November, 2003, the Company established Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I (“Trust”), a wholly-owned statutory business trust. The Company is the sole sponsor of the trust and owns $217,000 of the Trust’s common securities. The Trust was created for the exclusive purpose of issuing 30-year capital trust preferred securities (“Trust Preferred Securities”) in the aggregate amount of $7,000,000 and using the proceeds from the issuance of the common and preferred securities to purchase $7,217,000 of junior subordinated debentures (“Note Payable to Trust”) issued by The Bankers Bank. The sole asset of the Trust is the Note Payable to Trust. The Company’s $217,000 investment in the Trust is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the $7,217,000 obligation of the Company is included in notes payable.

The Trust Preferred Securities bear a floating interest rate equal to the prime rate of interest plus 0.125% set at the end of each quarter and mature on December 31, 2033. Distributions are payable quarterly. The Trust Preferred Securities are subject to mandatory redemption upon repayment of the Note Payable to Trust at their stated maturity date or their earlier redemption in an amount equal to their liquidation amount plus accumulated and unpaid distributions to the date of redemption. The Company guarantees the payment of distributions and payments for redemption or liquidation of the Trust Preferred Securities to the extent of funds held by the Trust. The Company’s obligations under the Note Payable to Trust together with the guarantee and other back-up obligations, in the aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the Trust under the Trust Preferred Securities.

(Continued)


66


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

The Note Payable to the Trust is unsecured, bear an interest rate equal to the prime rate of interest plus 0.125% set at the end of each quarter and mature on December 31, 2033. Interest is payable quarterly. The Company may defer the payment of interest at any time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters provided that deferral period does not extend past the stated maturity. During any such deferral period, distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities will also be deferred and the Company’s ability to pay dividends on our common shares will be restricted.

Subject to approval by the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, the Trust Preferred Securities may be redeemed prior to maturity at our option on or after December 31, 2008. The Trust Preferred Securities may also be redeemed at any time in whole (but not in part) in the event of unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that result in (1) the Trust becoming subject to federal income tax on income received on the Note Payable to Trust, (2) interest payable by the parent company on the Note Payable to Trust becoming non-deductible for federal tax purposes, (3) the requirement for the Trust to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (4) loss of the ability to treat the Trust Preferred Securities as “Tier I capital” under the Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines.

The Trust Preferred Securities currently qualify as Tier I capital under regulatory interpretations. On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board announced changes to its capital adequacy rules including the capital treatment of trust preferred securities. The Federal Reserve’s new rules, which will take effect in early April of 2005, would permit the Company to continue to treat its outstanding trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital for the first 25 years of the 30 year term of the related junior subordinated notes. During the last five years preceding maturity, the amount included as capital will decline 20% per year. We believe that the Federal Reserve’s final rule with respect to the capital treatment of trust preferred securities will not adversely affect our regulatory capital and that the Company and the Bank’s capital ratios will remain at an adequate level to allow the Company and the Bank to continue to be “well capitalized” under applicable banking regulations.

The condensed financial information for the Trust is presented as follows:

Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31, 2004 and 2003

   2004

  2003

Assets       

Investment in subordinated debentures issued by the Company

  $7,217,000  7,217,000
   

  

Total assets

  $7,217,000  7,217,000
   

  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity       

Total Liabilities

  $—    —  

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Trust preferred securities

   7,000,000  7,000,000

Common stock (100% owned by the Company)

   217,000  217,000
   

  

Total stockholders’ equity

   7,217,000  7,217,000
   

  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $7,217,000  7,217,000
   

  

(Continued)

67


(9)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I

Condensed Statements of Earnings

Years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   2004

  2003

Income       

Interest income from subordinated debentures issued by the Company

  $301,875  45,719
   

  

Net Income

  $301,875  45,719
   

  

(11)Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the amounts of other comprehensive income (loss) included in stockholders’ equity along with the related tax effect for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000.2002.

 

 

Pretax
amount

 

Tax (expense)
benefit

 

Net of
tax amount

 

  Pretax
amount


 Tax
(expense)
benefit


 Net of tax
amount


 

2004:

   

Net unrealized holding gains on investment securities available for sale arising during the year

  $1,728,939  (691,575) 1,037,364 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

   733,428  (293,371) 440,057 
  


 

 

   995,511  (398,204) 597,307 
  


 

 

Net unrealized holding losses on derivatives used as cash flow hedges arising during the year

   (216,000) 86,400  (129,600)
  


 

 

Other comprehensive income

  $779,511  (311,804) 467,707 
  


 

 

2003:

   

Net unrealized holding loss on investment securities available for sale arising during the year

  $(3,456,827) 1,382,731  (2,074,096)

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

   994,699  (397,880) 596,819 
  


 

 

Other comprehensive loss

  $(4,451,526) 1,780,611  (2,670,915)

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Net unrealized holding gains on investment securities available for sale arising during the year

 

$

1,168,140

 

(467,255

)

700,885

 

  $1,168,140  (467,255) 700,885 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

 

492,776

 

(197,110

)

295,666

 

   492,776  (197,110) 295,666 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

675,364

 

(270,145

)

405,219

 

  $675,364  (270,145) 405,219 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

2001:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains on investment securities available for sale arising during the year

 

$

2,235,718

 

(894,283

)

1,341,435

 

Reclassification adjustment for net losses realized in net income

 

(17,168

)

6,870

 

(10,298

)

 


 


 


 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

2,252,886

 

(901,153

)

1,351,733

 

 


 


 


 

2000:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains on investment securities available for sale arising during the year

 

$

3,243,677

 

(1,297,472

)

1,946,205

 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

 

44,883

 

(17,953

)

26,930

 

 


 


 


 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

3,198,794

 

(1,279,519

)

1,919,275

 

 


 


 


 

(Continued)

68


(10)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

Income Tax ExpenseAND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(12)Income Tax Expense

Total income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002 was allocated as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2,084,653

 

1,880,899

 

1,432,279

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

93,323

 

 

Stockholders’ equity, for accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

270,145

 

 

901,153

 

 

1,279,519

 


   2004

  2003

  2002

Income from continuing operations

  $2,349,236  2,283,435  2,084,653

Stockholders’ equity, for accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   311,804  (1,780,611) 270,145

(Continued)


67


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002 the components of income tax expense from continuing operations were as follows:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

  2004

 2003

  2002

 

Current income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax expense:

      

Federal

 

$

1,771,291

 

1,422,534

 

68,872

 

  $3,141,152  1,794,625  1,771,291 

State

 

 

(26,633

)

 

   287,782  61,106  —   

 


 


 


 

  


 
  

Total

 

1,771,291

 

1,395,901

 

68,872

 

   3,428,934  1,855,731  1,771,291 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  


 
  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Federal

 

364,702

 

417,716

 

1,354,103

 

   (974,782) 347,100  364,702 

State

 

(51,340

)

67,282

 

9,304

 

   (104,916) 80,604  (51,340)

 


 


 


 

  


 
  

Total

 

313,362

 

484,998

 

1,363,407

 

   (1,079,698) 427,704  313,362 

 


 


 


 

  


 
  

 

$

2,084,653

 

 

1,880,899

 

 

1,432,279

 

  $2,349,236  2,283,435  2,084,653 

 


 


 


 

  


 
  

Total income tax expense differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax earnings as follows:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 

Income tax expense at statutory rate

 

$

2,427,365

 

2,147,931

 

1,511,740

 

  $3,012,064  2,618,665  2,427,365 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Tax-exempt interest

 

(58,281

)

(28,075

)

(16,829

)

   (450,857) (98,484) (58,281)

State income taxes net of Federal income tax effect

 

(33,884

)

26,829

 

6,141

 

   120,692  93,529  (33,884)

Low-income housing credit

 

(227,823

)

(229,290

)

 

   (227,823) (227,823) (227,823)

Dividends received deduction

 

(9,525

)

(8,187

)

(40,435

)

   (20,208) (8,610) (9,525)

Bank owned life insurance

   (171,020) (171,360) (171,818)

Other

 

(13,199

)

(28,309

)

(28,338

)

   86,388  77,518  158,619 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

 

$

2,084,653

 

 

1,880,899

 

 

1,432,279

 

  $2,349,236  2,283,435  2,084,653 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

(Continued)


68

69


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 are presented below:

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 

  2004

 2003

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

   

Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses

 

$

829,180

 

1,164,999

 

  $746,658  620,219 

Principal amortization of leases

 

455,026

 

91,117

 

   1,093,472  638,613 

Unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale

   154,339  552,543 

Unrealized loss on derivatives

   86,400  —   

Other

 

128,600

 

61,972

 

   299,585  81,428 

 


 


 

  


 

Total gross deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

 

1,412,806

 

1,318,088

 

   2,380,454  1,892,803 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

   —    —   

 


 


 

  


 

Total deferred tax assets

 

1,412,806

 

1,318,088

 

   2,380,454  1,892,803 

 


 


 

  


 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

   

Premises and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation

 

1,679,003

 

674,264

 

   2,410,724  2,225,368 

Investments, principally due to discount accretion

 

165,612

 

114,276

 

   214,499  180,908 

Basis difference in equity investment

 

363,257

 

567,730

 

   —    363,257 

FHLB stock dividend

 

16,758

 

16,758

 

   18,616  16,792 

Prepaid expenses

 

71,993

 

63,983

 

   125,402  68,624 

Loans, principally due to differences in deferred loan fees

 

70,062

 

61,464

 

   64,581  69,921 

Unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale

 

1,228,065

 

957,920

 

Deferred REIT income

 

750,614

 

1,172,560

 

   271,512  543,024 

Other

 

21,320

 

59,504

 

   108,202  25,885 

 


 


 

  


 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

4,366,684

 

3,688,459

 

   3,213,536  3,493,779 

 


 


 

  


 

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(2,953,878

)

(2,370,371

)

  $(833,082) (1,600,976)

 


 


 

  


 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projection for future taxable income over the periods which the temporary differences resulting in the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.

(11)Retirement Plans

(13)Retirement Plans

The Bank has a defined contribution retirement plan that covers substantially all employees. Participants become 20% vested in their accounts after two years of service and 100% vested after six years of service. Contributions to the plan are determined by the board of directors. Company contributions to the plan amounted to $112,319, $97,372, and $89,353, $87,882,in 2004, 2003, and $91,611, in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, and are included in salaries and benefits expense.

(Continued)


69

70


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

(12)(14) Guarantees, Derivatives, and Contingent Liabilities

Off–Balance–Sheet CommitmentsArrangements

The Company is a party to financial instruments with offbalancesheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such instruments involve elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for onbalancesheet instruments.

The financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of December 31, 20022004 are as follows:

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

33,019,153

 

  $50,336,786

Standby letters of credit

 

 

6,020,616

 

   4,149,308

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit are commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. All guarantees expire within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds various assets as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

Derivatives

The Bank enters into interest rate protection contracts to help manageCompany has recorded a liability for the Bank’s interest rate exposure. These contracts can include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors. Interest rate swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Entering into interest rate swap agreements involves not only the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet the terms of the contracts but also the risk associated with the movements in interest rates. These risks are considered in the Bank’s overall asset liability management program. Notional principal amounts often are used to express the volumeestimated fair value of these transactions; however, the amounts potentially subject tostandby letters of credit risk are much smaller. Atof approximately $68,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001,2004 based on the Company had one interest rate swap with a notional amount of $5,000,000. The Bank utilizes periodic financial statements issued by the counterparty to analyze the creditworthiness of thefees charged for these arrangements.

(Continued)


70

71


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 2000

counterparty prior to entering into a contract and to monitor changes in the financial condition of the counterparty throughout the term of the contract.

In February 2000, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap with respect to $10,000,000 in variable rate loans. This agreement allowed the Bank to receive fixedinterest payments at 9.80% per annum and to pay a variable rate equal to prime. The purpose of this contract was to reduce interest rate exposure to variable assets in a lowinterest rate environment. During 2001, the Bank recorded a gain of $238,000 due to change in fair value of this interest rate swap. This contract, which was not specifically designated as a hedging instrument, was terminated during 2001 for an additional gain of $34,000.

In 1999, the Bank entered into four interest rate swaps with respect to various fixed rate certificates of deposit. These agreements allowed the Bank to receive fixed interest payments at rates ranging from 5.44% to 7.75% per annum and to pay a variable rate equal to threemonth LIBOR in the case of two swaps, and threemonth LIBOR plus three basis points in the case of two swaps. The purpose of these contracts was to hedge the fair value risk of fixedrate liabilities. Three of these contracts with the total notional value of $20,000,000 were terminated during 2001. There was no significant gain or loss resulting from these terminations.

The following table summarizes information on the outstanding interest rate swap at December 31, 2002:2002

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Weighted average rate
during year

 

Weighted
average
remaining
life (years)

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

Notional
amount

 

Carrying
value

 

Estimated
fair value

 

Received

 

Paid (1)

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Swap:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over one year through five years

 

$

5,000

 

 

262

 

 

262

 

 

5.68

 

 

1.91

 

 

1.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)The interest rate protection contract above reprices quarterly. The variable pay rate is based upon the threeContingent Liabilitiesmonth LIBOR.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company and the Bank are involved in various legal proceedings, arising in connection with their business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect upon the financial position or results of operations of the Company and Bank.

(13)(15) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107,Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments(“SFAS 107”), requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are explained below. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flow and other valuation techniques. Discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent

(Continued)


71


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000

markets and should not be considered representative of the liquidation value of the Company’s financial instruments, but rather a goodfaith estimate of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company. SFAS No. 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

(a)Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Interest–Earning Deposits with Other Banks

Fair value equals the carrying value of such assets.

(b)Investment Securities

The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices.

(c) LoansLoans

The fair value of loans is calculated using discounted cash flows. The discount rates used to determine the present value of the loan portfolio are estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan portfolio. The estimated maturities are based on the Company’s historical experience with repayments adjusted to estimate the effect of current market conditions. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its fair value.

(Continued)

72


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(d) DerivativesDerivatives

Fair value of interest rate swaps is based on prices quoted by the counterparty. These values represent the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the contracts or agreements, taking into account current interest rates and, when appropriate, the creditworthiness of the counterparties.

(e) DepositsDeposits

As required by SFAS No. 107, the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest–bearing demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings and money market deposit accounts, is equal to the carrying value. Certificates of deposit have been valued using discounted cash flows. The discount rates used are based on estimated market rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

(f)Short–term Borrowings

The fair values of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other short–term borrowings approximate their carrying value.

(g)Long–term Borrowings

The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate long–term debt is estimated using discounted cash flows based on estimated current market rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate long–term debt approximates its fair value.

(Continued)


72


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, an 2000

The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 

 

Carrying
amount

 

Estimated
fair value

 

Carrying
amount

 

Estimated
fair value

 

  2004

 2003

 


 




 


 

  

Carrying

amount


 

Estimated

fair value


 

Carrying

amount


  

Estimated

fair value


Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Cash and short-term investments

 

$

35,395

 

 

35,395

 

 

31,922

 

 

31,922

 

  $27,137  27,137  26,604  26,604

Investment securities

 

190,918

 

191,069

 

151,474

 

152,089

 

   282,199  282,213  285,319  285,358

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 

 

255,256

 

 

261,737

 

 

266,494

 

 

295,647

 

   255,487  254,247  252,780  254,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Deposits

 

 

395,191

 

395,617

 

369,668

 

 

371,293

 

   429,339  424,310  434,042  433,110

Short-term borrowings

 

11,989

 

11,989

 

10,136

 

10,136

 

   7,613  7,613  6,654  6,654

Long-term borrowings

 

53,436

 

59,502

 

53,581

 

66,245

 

   105,441  108,305  105,589  107,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Swaps

 

262

 

262

 

204

 

204

 

   (216) (216) 64  64

(Continued)

73


(14)AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(16) Common Stock and Capital Requirements

The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off–balance–sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk–weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2002,2004, that the Company and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2002,2004, based on its most recent notification, the Bank is categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk–based, Tier I risk–based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital category.

(Continued)


73

74


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 2001, an 2000

The actual capital amounts and ratios and the aforementioned minimums as of December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Actual

 

Minimum for capital
adequacy purposes

 

Minimum to be well capitalized
underprompt corrective action
provisions

 

 


 


 


 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

  Actual

 

Minimum for capital

adequacy purposes


 

Minimum to be well capitalized

underprompt corrective action

provisions


 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

  Amount

  Ratio

 Amount

  Ratio

 Amount

  Ratio

 

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

As of December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$

41,432

 

13.75

%

24,114

 

8.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

37,648

 

12.49

%

12,057

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I leverage capital (to average assets)

 

37,648

 

7.62

%

20,201

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

As of December 31, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

37,998

 

12.48

%

24,348

 

8.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

33,801

 

11.11

%

12,174

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I leverage capital (to average assets)

 

33,801

 

7.36

%

18,933

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

AuburnBank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

39,029

 

13.05

%

23,910

 

8.00

%

29,887

 

10.00

%

Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

35,276

 

11.79

%

11,955

 

4.00

%

17,932

 

6.00

%

Tier I leverage capital (to average assets)

 

35,276

 

7.18

%

20,096

 

4.00

%

25,121

 

5.00

%

As of December 31, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2004

            

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

35,320

 

11.70

%

24,144

 

8.00

%

30,180

 

10.00

%

  $55,428  17.15% 25,848  8.00% N/A  N/A 

Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

31,528

 

10.45

%

12,072

 

4.00

%

18,108

 

6.00

%

   51,973  16.09% 12,924  4.00% N/A  N/A 

Tier I leverage capital (to average assets)

 

 

31,528

 

 

6.92

%

 

18,760

 

 

4.00

%

 

23,450

 

 

5.00

%

   51,973  8.86% 23,646  4.00% N/A  N/A 

As of December 31, 2003

         ��    

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

  $52,279  16.53% 25,308  8.00% N/A  N/A 

Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   48,320  15.27% 12,654  4.00% N/A  N/A 

Tier I leverage capital (to average assets)

   48,320  8.85% 23,596  4.00% N/A  N/A 

AuburnBank

            

As of December 31, 2004

            

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   51,899  16.15% 25,700  8.00% 32,126  10.00%

Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   48,443  15.08% 12,850  4.00% 19,275  6.00%

Tier I leverage capital (to average assets)

   48,443  8.29% 23,576  4.00% 29,469  5.00%

As of December 31, 2003

            

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   47,785  15.22% 25,112  8.00% 31,389  10.00%

Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   43,857  13.97% 12,556  4.00% 18,834  6.00%

Tier I leverage capital (to average assets)

   43,857  8.07% 23,499  4.00% 29,374  5.00%

(15)Dividends from Subsidiary

(17)Dividends from Subsidiary

Dividends paid by the Bank are a principal source of funds available to the Company for payment of dividends to its stockholders and for other needs. Applicable federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the amounts of dividends that may be declared by the subsidiary bank. State statutes restrict the Bank from declaring dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings plus the retained net earnings from the preceding two years without prior approval. In addition to the formal statutes and regulations, regulatory authorities also consider the adequacy of the Bank’s total capital in relation to its assets, deposits, and other such items. Capital adequacy considerations could further limit the availability of dividends from the Bank. At December 31, 2002,2004, the Bank could have declared additional dividends of

(Continued)

75


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

approximately $6,656,000$11,535,000 without prior approval of regulatory authorities. As a result of this limitation,

(Continued)


74


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001, an 2000

approximately $30,554,000$34,290,000 of the Company’s investment in the Bank was restricted from transfer in the form of dividends.

(16)Supplemental Information

(18)Supplemental Information

Components of other noninterest income exceeding 1% of revenues for any of the years in the three–year period ended December 31, 2002,2004, include:

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

Merchant discounts and fees on Master

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Card and Visa sales

 

$

1,493,740

 

 

1,179,391

 

 

1,003,988

 

Servicing fees

 

233,253

 

211,374

 

193,375

 

Rental income

 

 

162,096

 

 

155,954

 

 

144,232

 


   2004

  2003

  2002

Merchant discounts and fees on Master Card and Visa sales

  $2,185,678  1,915,479  1,493,740

Gains on the sale of mortgage loans

   348,173  683,989  364,841

Change in cash surrender value of Bank Owned Life Insurance

   503,000  504,000  505,348

Servicing Fees

   391,115  317,836  233,253

Components of other noninterest expense exceeding 1% of revenues for any of the years in the three–year period ended December 31, 2002,2004, include:

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

Master Card and Visa processing fees

 

$

1,599,341

 

 

1,239,288

 

 

1,044,251

 

Marketing

 

459,268

 

391,139

 

203,201

 

Computer software

 

473,923

 

405,526

 

343,206

 

Professional fees

 

360,149

 

325,907

 

355,922

 

Rental property

 

 

258,979

 

 

239,625

 

 

243,673

 


   2004

  2003

  2002

Master Card and Visa processing fees

  $2,194,296  1,898,204  1,599,341

Marketing

   304,383  286,060  459,268

Penalty on early payment of FHLB advances

   —    715,000  —  

(Continued)


75

76


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

(17)Parent Company Financial Information

(19)Parent Company Financial Information

The condensed financial information for Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (Parent Company Only) is presented as follows:

Parent Company Only

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31, 20022004 and 20012003

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

  2004

 2003

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

     

Cash and due from banks

 

$

187,379

 

177,123

 

  $2,144,040  2,182,926 

Investment securities held to maturity

 

185,089

 

230,969

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

816,854

 

2,437,969

 

   —    758,170 

Investment in bank subsidiary

 

37,209,808

 

32,467,644

 

   48,278,964  43,378,760 

Premises and equipment, net

 

1,622

 

10,787

 

   24  823 

Rental property, net

 

1,532,535

 

1,564,238

 

   1,330,180  1,427,285 

Other assets

 

435,286

 

117,169

 

   225,940  239,251 

 


 


 

  


 

Total assets

 

$

40,368,573

 

37,005,899

 

  $51,979,148  47,987,215 

 


 


 

  


 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

     

Other borrowed funds

 

$

151,478

 

177,985

 

  $—    130,432 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

634,671

 

993,981

 

   257,900  231,899 

Note payable to trust

   7,217,000  7,217,000 

 


 


 

  


 

Total liabilities

 

786,149

 

1,171,966

 

   7,474,900  7,579,331 

 


 


 

  


 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

   

Preferred stock of $0.01 par value; Authorized 200,000 shares; issued shares – none

 

 

 

   —    —   

Common stock of $0.01 par value; Authorized 8,500,000 shares; issued 3,957,135 shares

 

39,571

 

39,571

 

   39,571  39,571 

Additional paid-in capital

 

3,708,443

 

3,707,472

 

   3,723,578  3,712,246 

Retained earnings

 

34,543,870

 

31,202,869

 

   42,669,061  38,092,829 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

1,842,099

 

1,436,880

 

   (361,109) (828,816)

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

   

Treasury stock, at cost – 62,317 shares and 62,517shares for December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively

 

(551,559

)

(552,859

)

Treasury stock, at cost – 110,274 shares and 64,567 shares for December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

   (1,566,853) (607,946)

 


 


 

  


 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

39,582,424

 

35,833,933

 

   44,504,248  40,407,884 

 


 


 

  


 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

40,368,573

 

37,005,899

 

  $51,979,148  47,987,215 

 


 


 

  


 

(Continued)


76

77


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Earnings

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2004

 2003

 2002

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Cash dividends from bank subsidiary

 

$

1,711,838

 

1,850,000

 

1,660,000

 

  $2,237,000  1,869,602  1,711,838 

Interest on bank deposits

   29,114  —    —   

Interest on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Taxable

 

32

 

276

 

742

 

   —    —    32 

Tax-exempt

 

12,011

 

14,275

 

16,761

 

   —    5,801  12,011 

Gain on exchange of investment securities

 

 

1,548,340

 

 

Loss on exchange of investment securities

   (214,818) —    —   

Other income

 

379,108

 

374,211

 

510,621

 

   380,869  387,692  379,108 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Total income

 

2,102,989

 

3,787,102

 

2,188,124

 

   2,432,165  2,263,095  2,102,989 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Interest on borrowed funds

 

8,700

 

14,159

 

12,953

 

   306,193  55,097  8,700 

Net occupancy expense

 

10,165

 

9,008

 

12,543

 

   2,306  1,299  10,165 

Salaries and benefits

 

3,502

 

8,335

 

373,547

 

   4,654  6,437  3,502 

Other

 

395,426

 

421,548

 

369,420

 

   398,583  396,687  395,426 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Total expense

 

417,793

 

453,050

 

768,463

 

   711,736  459,520  417,793 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Earnings before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

 

1,685,196

 

3,334,052

 

1,419,661

 

Applicable income tax expense (benefit)

 

(14,079

)

558,590

 

(96,842

)

Earnings before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

   1,720,429  1,803,575  1,685,196 

Applicable income tax benefit

   (197,693) (27,287) (14,079)

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Earnings before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

 

1,699,275

 

2,775,462

 

1,516,503

 

   1,918,122  1,830,862  1,699,275 

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

 

3,355,380

 

1,802,760

 

1,497,511

 

   4,591,654  3,587,658  3,355,380 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

Net earnings

 

$

5,054,655

 

4,578,222

 

3,014,014

 

  $6,509,776  5,418,520  5,054,655 

 


 


 


 

  


 

 

(Continued)


77

78


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,2004, 2003, and 20002002

   2004

  2003

  2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net earnings

  $6,509,776  5,418,520  5,054,655 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities

           

Depreciation and amortization

   109,402  111,855  123,123 

Loss on exchange of investment securities

   214,818  —    —   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

   (4,591,654) (3,587,658) (3,355,380)

(Increase) decrease in other assets

   (92,794) 219,510  (32,014)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

   26,001  (402,772) (5,863)
   


 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   2,175,549  1,759,455  1,784,521 
   


 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale

   808,614  —    —   

Proceeds from calls of investment securities held to maturity

   —    185,089  45,880 

Issuance of subordinated note to preferred trust

   —    7,217,000  —   

Investment in preferred trust

     (217,000) —   

Cash dividend to Bank

   —    (5,000,000) —   

Additions to rental property

   (11,498) (5,806) (82,255)
   


 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   797,116  2,179,283  (36,375)
   


 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Repayments of other borrowed funds

   (130,432) (21,046) (26,507)

Dividends paid

   (1,933,544) (1,869,561) (1,713,654)

Purchase of treasury stock

   (972,394) (61,262) —   

Sale of treasury stock

   24,819  8,678  2,271 
   


 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (3,011,551) (1,943,191) (1,737,890)
   


 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   (38,886) 1,995,547  10,256 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   2,182,926  187,379  177,123 
   


 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $2,144,040  2,182,926  187,379 
   


 

 

(Continued)

79


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

5,054,655

 

4,578,222

 

3,014,014

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

123,123

 

111,429

 

107,285

 

Gain on exchange of investment securities

 

 

(1,548,340

)

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

 

(3,355,380

)

(1,802,760

)

(1,497,511

)

(Increase) decrease in other assets

 

(32,014

)

(26,108

)

14,756

 

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

(5,863

)

617,016

 

(91,367

)

 

 


 


 


 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

1,784,521

 

1,929,459

 

1,547,177

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from paydowns of investment securities held to maturity

 

 

5,143

 

4,574

 

Proceeds from calls of investment securities held to maturity

 

45,880

 

45,000

 

45,000

 

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

 

 

(3,996

)

Additions to rental property

 

(82,255

)

(75,857

)

(22,306

)

 

 


 


 


 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(36,375

)

(25,714

)

23,272

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of other borrowed funds

 

(26,507

)

(21,050

)

(22,255

)

Dividends paid

 

(1,713,654

)

(1,562,819

)

(1,569,829

)

Sale (purchase) of treasury stock

 

2,271

 

(338,260

)

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(1,737,890

)

(1,922,129

)

(1,592,084

)

 

 


 


 


 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

10,256

 

(18,384

)

(21,635

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

177,123

 

195,507

 

217,142

 

 

 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

187,379

 

177,123

 

195,507

 

 

 



 


 


 


(Continued)


78Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

(18)(20) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The supplemental quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 20022004 and 20012003 is summarized as follows:

 

 

Quarter ended

 

 


 

 

March 31,
2002

 

June 30,
2002

 

September 30,
2002

 

December 31,
2002

 

  Quarter ended

 


 


 


 


 

  

March 31,

2004


  

June 30,

2004


  

September 30,

2004


  

December 31,

2004


Interest and dividend income

 

$

6,828,167

 

7,192,515

 

7,121,179

 

6,609,995

 

  $6,769,939  6,690,138  6,865,820  6,851,424

Interest expense

 

3,367,202

 

3,341,030

 

3,321,601

 

3,151,630

 

   3,137,633  3,043,376  3,135,856  3,191,470

Net interest income

 

3,460,965

 

3,851,485

 

3,799,578

 

3,458,365

 

   3,632,306  3,646,762  3,729,964  3,659,954

Provision for loan losses

 

1,005,000

 

275,000

 

350,000

 

50,000

 

   150,000  150,000  150,000  150,000

Net earnings

 

902,874

 

1,210,316

 

1,494,251

 

1,447,214

 

   1,534,635  1,499,215  1,603,060  1,872,866

Net earnings per share – basic and diluted

 

0.23

 

0.31

 

0.38

 

0.38

 

   0.39  0.39  0.41  0.49
  Quarter ended

  

March 31,

2003


  

June 30,

2003


  

September 30,

2003


  

December 31,

2003


Interest and dividend income

  $6,412,317  6,159,874  5,977,785  6,390,161

Interest expense

   2,965,087  2,820,413  2,716,802  2,919,535

Net interest income

   3,447,230  3,339,461  3,260,983  3,470,626

Provision for loan losses

   225,000  175,000  125,000  150,000

Net earnings

   1,342,136  1,317,384  1,318,055  1,440,945

Net earnings per share – basic and diluted

   0.34  0.34  0.34  0.37

 

 

 

Quarter ended

 

 

 


 

 

 

March 31,
2001

 

June 30,
2001

 

September 30,
2001

 

December 31,
2001

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

7,788,168

 

7,541,289

 

7,448,125

 

7,104,959

 

Interest expense

 

4,383,086

 

4,013,090

 

3,961,896

 

3,679,668

 

Net interest income

 

3,405,082

 

3,528,199

 

3,486,229

 

3,425,291

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,235,000

 

375,000

 

425,000

 

1,520,000

 

Net earnings

 

1,716,909

 

1,206,112

 

1,060,502

 

594,699

 

Net earnings per share – basic and diluted

 

 

0.44

 

 

0.31

 

 

0.27

 

 

0.15

 


(Continued)


79
80


SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Auburn, State of Alabama, on the 28th30th day of March, 2003.2005.

 

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
(Registrant)



(Registrant)
By:

By: 


/s/S/ E. L. SPENCER, JR.SPENCER, JR.


E. L. Spencer, Jr.

President


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

Title

Date

Signature


Title


Date


/s/S/ E. L. SPENCER,JR.SPENCER, JR.


E. L. Spencer, Jr.

President, CEO and

Chairman of the Board

March 28, 2003

30, 2005

E. L. Spencer, Jr./S/ C. WAYNE ALDERMAN


C. Wayne Alderman

/s/  C. WAYNE ALDERMAN

Director of Financial Operations

March 28, 2003

30, 2005

C. Wayne Alderman/S/ ROBERT W. DUMAS


Robert W. Dumas

DirectorMarch 30, 2005

/S/ TERRY W. ANDRUS


Terry W. Andrus

Director

March 30, 2005

/s/  TERRY W. ANDRUSS/ DAVID E. HOUSEL


David E. Housel

Director

March 28, 2003

30, 2005

Terry W. Andrus/S/ WILLIAM F. HAM, JR.


William F. Ham, Jr.

Director

/s/  ANNE M. MAY

Director

March 28, 2003


Anne M. May

/s/  ROBERT W. DUMAS

Director

March 28, 2003


Robert W. Dumas

30, 2005



80


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a -14 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION

I, E.L. Spencer, Jr., certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c)presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b)any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date:  March 28, 2003


/s/ E.L. SPENCER, JR.




President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board



81


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION

I, C. Wayne Alderman, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

c)presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b)any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date:  March 28, 2003


/s/ C. WAYNE ALDERMAN




Director of Financial Operations



82


AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

Description

Exhibit

Number


Description


3.1.

Certificate of Incorporation of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. *

3.2.

Bylaws of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. **

**

10.1.

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan. **

*

10.2.

Lease and Equipment Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 1987. **

*

21.1.

10.3.

Summary Descriptions of Director and Executive Compensation
21.1.Subsidiaries of Registrant

23.1.

Consent of

Independent Registered Public Accountants

99.1

31.1

Certification signed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).
31.2Certification signed by the Director of Financial Operations pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).
32.1Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by E.L. Spencer, Jr., President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board.

99.2

32.2

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by C. Wayne Alderman, Director of Financial Operations.


______________

*  Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated June 20, 2002 (File No. 000-26486).

**Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 33-86180).


83


*Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated June 20, 2002 (File No. 000-26486).
**Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10K, dated March 30, 2004 (File No. 000-26486).
***Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 33-86180).

 

82